* gas/m68k/cpu32.d: Set explicit architecture for objdump.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
246 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
247 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
248@c
249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
251@ifset ALPHA
252
253@emph{Target Alpha options:}
254 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
255 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 256 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
257 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
258 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
259@end ifset
252b5132 260@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARC options:}
263 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
264 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
265@end ifset
266@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 269@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
270 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
271 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
272 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
273 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 274 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 275 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
277 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
278 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 279 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 280@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
281@ifset Blackfin
282
283@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
285 [@b{-mfdpic}]
286 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
287 [@b{-mnopic}]
288@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
289@ifset CRIS
290
291@emph{Target CRIS options:}
292 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
293 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
294 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 295 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
296@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
297@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
298@end ifset
252b5132 299@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
300
301@emph{Target D10V options:}
302 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
303@end ifset
304@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
305
306@emph{Target D30V options:}
307 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
310
311@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
312 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
313@end ifset
314@ifset HPPA
315@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
316@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
317@ifset I80386
318
319@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 320 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 321 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
322@end ifset
323@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
324
325@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 326@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
327 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
328 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
329 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 330@end ifset
587fe2b3 331@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 332
9e32ca89
NC
333@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
334 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
335 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
336 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 337 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 338 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 339 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
340 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
341@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
342@ifset IP2K
343
344@emph{Target IP2K options:}
345 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
346@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
347@ifset M32C
348
349@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 350 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 351@end ifset
587fe2b3 352@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 353
a4fb0134
SC
354@emph{Target M32R options:}
355 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 356 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 357@end ifset
252b5132 358@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
359
360@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
361 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 362@end ifset
60bcf0fa 363@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
364
365@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 366 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
367 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
368 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 369 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
370 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
371 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
372@end ifset
373@ifset MCORE
374
375@emph{Target MCORE options:}
376 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
377 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 378@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
379@ifset MICROBLAZE
380@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
381@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
382@end ifset
252b5132 383@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
384
385@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 386 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 387 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 388 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
389 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
390 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 391 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 392 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
393 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
394 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 395 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 396 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 397 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 398 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 399 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 400 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 401 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
402 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
403 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
404 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 405 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 406 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
407@end ifset
408@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
409
410@emph{Target MMIX options:}
411 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
412 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
413 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 414 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
415@end ifset
416@ifset PDP11
417
418@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
419 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
420 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 421 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
422@end ifset
423@ifset PJ
424
425@emph{Target picoJava options:}
426 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
427@end ifset
428@ifset PPC
429
430@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
431 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 432 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 433 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
434 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
435 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
436 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
437 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
438@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
439@ifset RX
440
441@emph{Target RX options:}
442 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
443 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
444 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
445@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
446@ifset S390
447
448@emph{Target s390 options:}
449 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
450 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
451 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
452@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
453@ifset SCORE
454
455@emph{Target SCORE options:}
456 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
457 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
458 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
459 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
460@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
461@ifset SPARC
462
463@emph{Target SPARC options:}
464@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
465 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
466 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
467 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
468 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
469@end ifset
470@ifset TIC54X
471
472@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 473 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
474 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
475@end ifset
3c9b82ba 476
40b36596
JM
477@ifset TIC6X
478
479@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
480 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
481 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
482 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
483@end ifset
484
2d8b84ae
SA
485@ifset XTENSA
486
487@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
488 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
489 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
490 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
491 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
492@end ifset
493
3c9b82ba
NC
494@ifset Z80
495
496@emph{Target Z80 options:}
497 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
498 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
499 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
500 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
501 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
502 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
503 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
504@end ifset
505
a4fb0134
SC
506@ifset Z8000
507@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 508@end ifset
e0001a05 509
0285c67d 510@c man end
252b5132
RH
511@end smallexample
512
0285c67d
NC
513@c man begin OPTIONS
514
a4fb0134 515@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 516@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 517
83f10cb2 518@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
519Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
520
a4fb0134 521@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
522@item -ac
523omit false conditionals
524
525@item -ad
526omit debugging directives
527
83f10cb2
NC
528@item -ag
529include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
530
252b5132
RH
531@item -ah
532include high-level source
533
534@item -al
535include assembly
536
537@item -am
538include macro expansions
539
540@item -an
541omit forms processing
542
543@item -as
544include symbols
545
546@item =file
547set the name of the listing file
548@end table
549
550You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
551listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
552the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
553
caa32fe5 554@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
555Begin in alternate macro mode.
556@ifclear man
557@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
558@end ifclear
caa32fe5 559
955974c6
CC
560@item --compress-debug-sections
561Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
562to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
563compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
564
565@item --nocompress-debug-sections
566Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
567
252b5132
RH
568@item -D
569Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
570other assemblers.
571
3d6b762c
JM
572@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
573When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
574information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
575
252b5132
RH
576@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
577Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
578@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
579indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
580value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
581use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
582
583@item -f
584``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
585compiler output).
586
329e276d
NC
587@item -g
588@itemx --gen-debug
589Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
590debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
591ECOFF or DWARF2.
592
252b5132
RH
593@item --gstabs
594Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
595may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
596
05da4302
NC
597@item --gstabs+
598Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
599extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
600debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
601may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
602the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
603
329e276d 604@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 605Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 606may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 607option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 608
252b5132
RH
609@item --help
610Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
611
ea20a7da
CC
612@item --target-help
613Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
614
252b5132
RH
615@item -I @var{dir}
616Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
617
618@item -J
619Don't warn about signed overflow.
620
621@item -K
622@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
623This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
624@end ifclear
625@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
626Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
627@end ifset
628
629@item -L
630@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
631Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
632system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
633or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
634@ifclear man
635@xref{Symbol Names}.
636@end ifclear
252b5132 637
c3a27914
NC
638@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
639Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
640listing to @var{number}.
641
642@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
643Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
644lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
645
646@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
647Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
648@var{number} bytes.
649
650@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
651Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
652to @var{number} + 1.
653
252b5132 654@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 655Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
656
657@item -R
658Fold the data section into the text section.
659
4bdd3565
NC
660@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
661Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
662@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
663assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
664memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
665requirements at the expense of speed.
666
667@item --reduce-memory-overheads
668This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
669assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
670@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
671
252b5132
RH
672@item --statistics
673Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
674assembly.
675
676@item --strip-local-absolute
677Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
678
679@item -v
680@itemx -version
a4fb0134 681Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
682
683@item --version
a4fb0134 684Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
685
686@item -W
2bdd6cf5 687@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
688Suppress warning messages.
689
2bdd6cf5
GK
690@item --fatal-warnings
691Treat warnings as errors.
692
693@item --warn
694Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
695
252b5132
RH
696@item -w
697Ignored.
698
699@item -x
700Ignored.
701
702@item -Z
703Generate an object file even after errors.
704
705@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
706Standard input, or source files to assemble.
707
708@end table
2a633939
JM
709@c man end
710
711@ifset ALPHA
712
713@ifclear man
714@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
715for an Alpha processor.
716@end ifclear
717
718@ifset man
719@c man begin OPTIONS
720The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
721processor.
722@c man end
723@c man begin INCLUDE
724@include c-alpha.texi
725@c ended inside the included file
726@end ifset
727
728@end ifset
252b5132 729
2a633939 730@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
731@ifset ARC
732The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
733an ARC processor.
734
a4fb0134 735@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
736@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
737This option selects the core processor variant.
738@item -EB | -EL
739Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
740@end table
741@end ifset
742
743@ifset ARM
744The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
745processor family.
746
a4fb0134 747@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 748@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 749Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 750@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 751Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 752@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 753Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
754@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
755Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
756@item -mthumb
757Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 758@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
759Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
760@item -EB | -EL
761Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
762@item -mthumb-interwork
763Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
764ARM code in mind.
765@item -k
766Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
767@end table
768@end ifset
769
9982501a 770@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
771
772@ifclear man
773@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
774configured for the Blackfin processor family.
775@end ifclear
776
777@ifset man
778@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
779The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
780the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
781@c man end
782@c man begin INCLUDE
783@include c-bfin.texi
784@c ended inside the included file
785@end ifset
9982501a 786
9982501a
JZ
787@end ifset
788
328eb32e
HPN
789@ifset CRIS
790See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
791@end ifset
792
252b5132
RH
793@ifset D10V
794The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
795a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 796@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
797@cindex D10V optimization
798@cindex optimization, D10V
799@item -O
800Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
801@end table
802@end ifset
803
804@ifset D30V
805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
806processor.
a4fb0134 807@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
808@cindex D30V optimization
809@cindex optimization, D30V
810@item -O
811Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
812
813@cindex D30V nops
814@item -n
815Warn when nops are generated.
816
817@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
818@item -N
819Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
820@end table
821@end ifset
731caf76
L
822@c man end
823
824@ifset I80386
252b5132 825
731caf76
L
826@ifclear man
827@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
828configured for an i386 processor.
829@end ifclear
830
831@ifset man
832@c man begin OPTIONS
833The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
834an i386 processor.
835@c man end
836@c man begin INCLUDE
837@include c-i386.texi
838@c ended inside the included file
839@end ifset
840
841@end ifset
842
843@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
844@ifset I960
845The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
846Intel 80960 processor.
847
a4fb0134 848@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
849@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
850Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
851
852@item -b
853Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
854
855@item -no-relax
856Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
857error if necessary.
858
859@end table
860@end ifset
861
a40cbfa3
NC
862@ifset IP2K
863The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 864Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
865
866@table @gcctabopt
867
868@item -mip2022ext
869Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
870
871@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 872Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
873just the basic IP2022 ones.
874
875@end table
876@end ifset
877
49f58d10
JB
878@ifset M32C
879The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
880Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
881
882@table @gcctabopt
883
884@item -m32c
885Assemble M32C instructions.
886
887@item -m16c
888Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
889
c54b5932
DD
890@item -relax
891Enable support for link-time relaxations.
892
893@item -h-tick-hex
894Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
895
49f58d10
JB
896@end table
897@end ifset
898
ec694b89
NC
899@ifset M32R
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 901Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 902
a4fb0134 903@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
904
905@item --m32rx
906Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
907is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
908
909@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
910Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 911encountered.
ec694b89
NC
912
913@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
914Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
915encountered.
ec694b89
NC
916
917@end table
918@end ifset
252b5132
RH
919
920@ifset M680X0
921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
922Motorola 68000 series.
923
a4fb0134 924@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
925
926@item -l
927Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
928
0285c67d
NC
929@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
930@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
931@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
932Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
933is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
934
935@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
936The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
937The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
938the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
939two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
940coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
941
942@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
943The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
944unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
945
946@end table
947@end ifset
948
e135f41b
NC
949@ifset PDP11
950
951For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
952see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
953
a4fb0134 954@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
955@item -mpic | -mno-pic
956Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 957default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
958
959@item -mall
960@itemx -mall-extensions
961Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
962
963@item -mno-extensions
964Disable all instruction set extensions.
965
966@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
967Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
968
969@item -m@var{cpu}
970Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
971disable all other extensions.
972
973@item -m@var{machine}
974Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
975model, and disable all other extensions.
976@end table
977
978@end ifset
979
041dd5a9
ILT
980@ifset PJ
981The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
982a picoJava processor.
983
a4fb0134 984@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
985
986@cindex PJ endianness
987@cindex endianness, PJ
988@cindex big endian output, PJ
989@item -mb
990Generate ``big endian'' format output.
991
992@cindex little endian output, PJ
993@item -ml
994Generate ``little endian'' format output.
995
996@end table
997@end ifset
998
60bcf0fa
NC
999@ifset M68HC11
1000The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1001Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1002
a4fb0134 1003@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1004
d01030e6 1005@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1006Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1007defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1008
2f904664
SC
1009@item -mshort
1010Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1011
1012@item -mlong
01642c12 1013Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1014
1015@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1016Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1017
1018@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1019Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1020
1370e33d 1021@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1022Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1023conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1024sub routine.
1025
1370e33d
NC
1026@item -S | --short-branches
1027Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1028when the offset is out of range.
1029
1030@item --strict-direct-mode
1031Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1032when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1033
1034@item --print-insn-syntax
1035Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1036
1037@item --print-opcodes
1038print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1039
1040@item --generate-example
1041print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1042This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1043
1044@end table
1045@end ifset
1046
252b5132 1047@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1048The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1049for the SPARC architecture:
1050
a4fb0134 1051@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1052@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1053@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1054Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1055
1056@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1057@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1058
1059@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1060UltraSPARC extensions.
1061
1062@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1063For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1064equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1065
1066@item -bump
1067Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1068@end table
1069@end ifset
1070
39bec121
TW
1071@ifset TIC54X
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1073architecture.
39bec121 1074
a4fb0134 1075@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1076@item -mfar-mode
1077Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1078extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1079@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1080Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1081@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1082Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1083behaviour in the shell.
1084@end table
1085@end ifset
1086
252b5132
RH
1087@ifset MIPS
1088The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1089a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1090
a4fb0134 1091@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1092@item -G @var{num}
1093This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1094implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1095use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1096
1097@cindex MIPS endianness
1098@cindex endianness, MIPS
1099@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1100@item -EB
1101Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1102
1103@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1104@item -EL
1105Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1106
1107@cindex MIPS ISA
1108@item -mips1
1109@itemx -mips2
1110@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1111@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1112@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1113@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1114@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1115@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1116@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1117Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1118@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1119alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1120@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1121@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1122@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1123correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1124@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1125and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1126ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1127
1128@item -march=@var{CPU}
1129Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1130
1131@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1132Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1133
1134@item -mfix7000
1135@itemx -mno-fix7000
1136Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1137of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1138
ecb4347a
DJ
1139@item -mdebug
1140@itemx -no-mdebug
1141Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1142section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1143
dcd410fe
RO
1144@item -mpdr
1145@itemx -mno-pdr
1146Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1147
437ee9d5
TS
1148@item -mgp32
1149@itemx -mfp32
1150The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1151flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1152all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1153and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1154
1155@item -mips16
1156@itemx -no-mips16
1157Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1158@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1159turns off this option.
252b5132 1160
e16bfa71
TS
1161@item -msmartmips
1162@itemx -mno-smartmips
1163Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1164equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1165@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1166
1f25f5d3
CD
1167@item -mips3d
1168@itemx -no-mips3d
1169Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1170This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1171@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1172
deec1734
CD
1173@item -mdmx
1174@itemx -no-mdmx
1175Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1176This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1177@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1178
2ef2b9ae
CF
1179@item -mdsp
1180@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1181Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1182This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1183@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1184
8b082fb1
TS
1185@item -mdspr2
1186@itemx -mno-dspr2
1187Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1188This option implies -mdsp.
1189This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1190@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1191
ef2e4d86
CF
1192@item -mmt
1193@itemx -mno-mt
1194Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1195This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1196@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1197
437ee9d5
TS
1198@item --construct-floats
1199@itemx --no-construct-floats
1200The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1201double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1202value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1203the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1204selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1205
1206@cindex emulation
1207@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1208This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1209for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1210between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1211debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1212endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1213@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1214@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1215of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1216the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1217in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1218selection in any case.
1219
1220This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1221@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1222Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1223@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1224the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1225configuration includes support for both.
1226
1227Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1228fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1229more processors.
1230
1231@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1232@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1233the native tools.
1234
252b5132
RH
1235@item --trap
1236@itemx --no-trap
1237@itemx --break
1238@itemx --no-break
1239Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1240@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1241(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1242@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1243break exception.
63486801
L
1244
1245@item -n
a4fb0134 1246When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1247time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1248@end table
1249@end ifset
1250
1251@ifset MCORE
1252The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1253an MCore processor.
1254
a4fb0134 1255@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1256@item -jsri2bsr
1257@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1258Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1259The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1260
1261@item -sifilter
1262@itemx -nosifilter
1263Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1264The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1265
1266@item -relax
1267Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1268
ec694b89
NC
1269@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1270Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1271can be assembled.
1272
1273@item -EB
1274Assemble for a big endian target.
1275
1276@item -EL
1277Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1278
1279@end table
1280@end ifset
1281
3c3bdf30
NC
1282@ifset MMIX
1283See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1284@end ifset
1285
046d31c2
NC
1286@ifset RX
1287See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1288@end ifset
1289
11c19e16
MS
1290@ifset S390
1291The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1292processor family.
1293
1294@table @gcctabopt
1295@item -m31
1296@itemx -m64
1297Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1298@item -mesa
1299@item -mzarch
1300Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1301Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1302@item -march=@var{processor}
1303Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1304@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1305@item -mregnames
1306@itemx -mno-regnames
1307Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1308@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1309Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1310but evaluates to zero.
1311@end table
1312@end ifset
2a633939 1313@c man end
11c19e16 1314
40b36596 1315@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1316
1317@ifclear man
1318@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1319for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1320@end ifclear
1321
1322@ifset man
1323@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1324The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1325TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1326@c man end
1327@c man begin INCLUDE
1328@include c-tic6x.texi
1329@c ended inside the included file
1330@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1331
1332@end ifset
1333
e0001a05 1334@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1335
2d8b84ae
SA
1336@ifclear man
1337@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1338for an Xtensa processor.
1339@end ifclear
1340
1341@ifset man
1342@c man begin OPTIONS
1343The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1344Xtensa processor.
1345@c man end
1346@c man begin INCLUDE
1347@include c-xtensa.texi
1348@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1349@end ifset
1350
2d8b84ae
SA
1351@end ifset
1352
1353@c man begin OPTIONS
1354
3c9b82ba
NC
1355@ifset Z80
1356The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1357a Z80 family processor.
1358@table @gcctabopt
1359@item -z80
1360Assemble for Z80 processor.
1361@item -r800
1362Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1363@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1364@itemx -Wnud
1365Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1366@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1367@itemx -Wnup
1368Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1369@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1370@itemx -Wud
1371Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1372@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1373@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1374Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1375@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1376@itemx -Fud
1377Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1378@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1379@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1380Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1381@end table
1382@end ifset
1383
0285c67d
NC
1384@c man end
1385
252b5132
RH
1386@menu
1387* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1388* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1389* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1390* Command Line:: Command Line
1391* Input Files:: Input Files
1392* Object:: Output (Object) File
1393* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1394@end menu
1395
1396@node Manual
1397@section Structure of this Manual
1398
1399@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1400This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1401@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1402notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1403@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1404
1405@ifclear GENERIC
1406We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1407configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1408@end ifclear
1409@ifset GENERIC
1410This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1411various flavors of the assembler.
1412@end ifset
1413
1414@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1415On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1416to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1417In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1418architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1419mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1420particular architecture.
1421@ifset GENERIC
1422You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1423machine architecture manual for this information.
1424@end ifset
1425@ifclear GENERIC
1426@ifset H8/300
1427For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1428Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1429Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1430@end ifset
252b5132 1431@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1432For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1433see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1434@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1435@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1436@end ifset
1437@ifset Z8000
1438For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1439@end ifset
1440@end ifclear
1441
1442@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1443@ignore
1444Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1445the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1446Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1447computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1448once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1449qualification.
1450
a4fb0134 1451@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1452human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1453computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1454@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1455@end ignore
1456
1457@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1458@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1459@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1460@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1461@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1462@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1463@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1464@c directives).
1465
1466@node GNU Assembler
1467@section The GNU Assembler
1468
0285c67d
NC
1469@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1470
a4fb0134 1471@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1472@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1473This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1474configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1475@end ifclear
1476If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1477should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1478architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1479including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1480@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1481
1482@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1483@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1484@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1485@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1486assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1487machine would assemble.
1488@ifset VAX
1489Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1490@end ifset
1491@ifset M680X0
1492@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1493@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1494This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1495assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1496incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1497@end ifset
1498
0285c67d
NC
1499@c man end
1500
a4fb0134 1501Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1502program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1503@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1504
1505@node Object Formats
1506@section Object File Formats
1507
1508@cindex object file format
1509The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1510object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1511write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1512are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1513Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1514@ifclear GENERIC
1515@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1516For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1517@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1518@end ifclear
1519@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1520@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1521On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1522@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1523@end ifset
1524@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1525On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1526SOM or ELF format object files.
1527@end ifset
1528@end ifclear
1529
1530@node Command Line
1531@section Command Line
1532
1533@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1534
a4fb0134 1535After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1536options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1537before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1538significant.
1539
1540@cindex standard input, as input file
1541@kindex --
1542@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1543explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1544
1545@cindex options, command line
1546Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1547hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1548@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1549option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1550the letter is important. All options are optional.
1551
1552Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1553name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1554with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1555standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1556
1557@smallexample
1558@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1559@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1560@end smallexample
1561
1562@node Input Files
1563@section Input Files
1564
1565@cindex input
1566@cindex source program
1567@cindex files, input
1568We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1569describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1570be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1571doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1572
1573@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1574@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1575The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1576order specified.
1577
0285c67d 1578@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1579Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1580program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1581(The standard input is also a file.)
1582
a4fb0134 1583You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1584names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1585command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1586is taken to be an input file name.
1587
a4fb0134
SC
1588If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1589from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1590may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1591to assemble.
1592
1593Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1594in your command line.
1595
a4fb0134 1596If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1597file.
1598
0285c67d
NC
1599@c man end
1600
252b5132
RH
1601@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1602
1603@cindex input file linenumbers
1604@cindex line numbers, in input files
1605There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1606either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1607number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1608``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1609
1610@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1611to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1612
1613@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1614directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1615error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1616is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1617@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1618@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1619
1620@node Object
1621@section Output (Object) File
1622
1623@cindex object file
1624@cindex output file
1625@kindex a.out
1626@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1627Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1628your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1629is the object file. Its default name is
1630@ifclear BOUT
1631@code{a.out}.
1632@end ifclear
1633@ifset BOUT
1634@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1635@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1636@end ifset
a4fb0134 1637@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1638@end ifset
a4fb0134 1639You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1640object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1641reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1642directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1643possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1644
1645@cindex linker
1646@kindex ld
1647The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1648assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1649the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1650information for the debugger.
1651
1652@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1653@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1654
1655@node Errors
1656@section Error and Warning Messages
1657
0285c67d
NC
1658@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1659
a349d9dd 1660@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1661@cindex warning messages
1662@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1663@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1664file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1665runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1666that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1667grave problem that stops the assembly.
1668
0285c67d
NC
1669@c man end
1670
252b5132
RH
1671@cindex format of warning messages
1672Warning messages have the format
1673
1674@smallexample
1675file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1676@end smallexample
1677
1678@noindent
1679@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1680(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1681(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1682the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1683@ifset GENERIC
1684(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1685@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1686then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1687otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1688message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1689tradition).
1690
1691@cindex format of error messages
1692Error messages have the format
1693@smallexample
1694file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1695@end smallexample
1696The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1697messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1698because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1699
1700@node Invoking
1701@chapter Command-Line Options
1702
1703@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1704This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1705versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1706for options specific
252b5132 1707@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1708to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1709@end ifclear
1710@ifset GENERIC
1711to particular machine architectures.
1712@end ifset
1713
0285c67d
NC
1714@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1715
c1253627 1716If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1717you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1718The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1719by commas. For example:
1720
1721@smallexample
1722gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1723@end smallexample
1724
1725@noindent
1726This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1727standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1728local symbols in the symbol table).
1729
1730Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1731command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1732(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1733precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1734assembler.)
1735
0285c67d
NC
1736@c man end
1737
252b5132 1738@menu
83f10cb2 1739* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1740* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1741* D:: -D for compatibility
1742* f:: -f to work faster
1743* I:: -I for .include search path
1744@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1745* K:: -K for compatibility
1746@end ifclear
1747@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1748* K:: -K for difference tables
1749@end ifset
1750
ba83aca1 1751* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1752* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1753* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1754* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1755* o:: -o to name the object file
1756* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1757* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1758* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1759* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1760* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1761* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1762@end menu
1763
1764@node a
83f10cb2 1765@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1766
1767@kindex -a
1768@kindex -ac
1769@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1770@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1771@kindex -ah
1772@kindex -al
1773@kindex -an
1774@kindex -as
1775@cindex listings, enabling
1776@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1777
1778These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1779@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1780You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1781@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1782@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1783@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1784High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1785@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1786also.
1787
83f10cb2
NC
1788Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1789information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1790
252b5132
RH
1791Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1792which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1793other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1794omitted from the listing.
1795
1796Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1797listing.
1798
1799Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1800listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1801@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1802@code{.sbttl}.
1803The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1804If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1805listing-control directives have no effect.
1806
1807The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1808@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1809
96e9638b
BW
1810Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1811because it
c3a27914
NC
1812is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1813is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1814directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1815stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1816memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1817
caa32fe5
NC
1818@node alternate
1819@section @option{--alternate}
1820
1821@kindex --alternate
1822Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1823
252b5132 1824@node D
a4fb0134 1825@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1826
1827@kindex -D
1828This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1829likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1830@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1831
1832@node f
a4fb0134 1833@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1834
1835@kindex -f
1836@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1837@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1838@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1839(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1840and comment preprocessing on
1841the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1842,Preprocessing}.
1843
1844@quotation
1845@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1846preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1847not work correctly.
1848@end quotation
1849
1850@node I
c1253627 1851@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1852
1853@kindex -I @var{path}
1854@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1855@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1856@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1857Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1858@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1859directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1860many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1861working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1862searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1863specified (left to right) on the command line.
1864
1865@node K
a4fb0134 1866@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1867
1868@kindex -K
1869@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1870On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1871permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1872where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1873generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1874family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1875alteration on other platforms.
1876@end ifclear
1877
1878@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1879@cindex difference tables, warning
1880@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1881@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1882form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1883You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1884is done.
1885@end ifset
1886
1887@node L
ba83aca1 1888@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1889
1890@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1891@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1892Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1893@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1894called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1895such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1896programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1897notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1898such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1899
1900This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1901in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1902@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1903
c3a27914 1904@node listing
a4fb0134 1905@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1906
1907The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1908@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1909hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1910them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1911directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1912@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1913@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1914@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1915
a4fb0134 1916@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1917@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1918@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1919@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1920Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1921dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1922
1923@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1924@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1925@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1926Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1927a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1928the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1929switch is used the default is to one.
1930
1931@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1932@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1933@cindex Width of source line output
1934Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1935alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1936source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1937
1938@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1939@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1940@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1941Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1942displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1943@end table
1944
252b5132 1945@node M
a4fb0134 1946@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1947
1948@kindex -M
1949@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1950The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1951changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1952compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1953configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1954MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1955information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1956arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1957assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1958
1959The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1960depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1961file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1962individually. These are:
1963
1964@itemize @bullet
1965@item global symbols in common section
1966
1967The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1968Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1969common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1970symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1971symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1972
1973@item complex relocations
1974
1975The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1976relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1977are not support by other object file formats.
1978
1979@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1980
1981The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1982This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1983instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1984script.
1985
1986@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1987
1988The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1989name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1990
1991@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1992
1993The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1994address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1995which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1996not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1997assigned within a linker script.
1998@end itemize
1999
2000There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2001@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2002seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2003
2004@itemize @bullet
2005
2006@item EBCDIC strings
2007
2008EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2009
2010@item packed binary coded decimal
2011
2012Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2013and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2014
2015@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2016
2017The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2018
2019@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2020
2021The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2022
2023@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2024
2025The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2026@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2027relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2028these options serve no purpose.
2029
2030@item @code{OPT} list control options
2031
2032The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2033@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2034@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2035
2036@item other @code{OPT} options
2037
2038The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2039@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2040
2041@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2042
2043The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2044@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2045
2046@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2047
2048The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2049
2050@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2051
2052The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2053
2054@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2055
2056The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2057
2058@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2059
2060The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2061
2062@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2063
2064The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2065
2066@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2067
2068The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2069
2070@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2071
2072The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2073
2074@end itemize
2075
2076@node MD
c1253627 2077@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2078
2079@kindex --MD
2080@cindex dependency tracking
2081@cindex make rules
2082
a4fb0134 2083@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2084file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2085dependencies of the main source file.
2086
2087The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2088
2089This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2090
2091@node o
a4fb0134 2092@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2093
2094@kindex -o
2095@cindex naming object file
2096@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2097There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2098default it has the name
2099@ifset GENERIC
2100@ifset I960
2101@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2102@end ifset
2103@ifclear I960
2104@file{a.out}.
2105@end ifclear
2106@end ifset
2107@ifclear GENERIC
2108@ifset I960
2109@file{b.out}.
2110@end ifset
2111@ifclear I960
2112@file{a.out}.
2113@end ifclear
2114@end ifclear
2115You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2116object file a different name.
2117
a4fb0134 2118Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2119existing file of the same name.
2120
2121@node R
a4fb0134 2122@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2123
2124@kindex -R
2125@cindex data and text sections, joining
2126@cindex text and data sections, joining
2127@cindex joining text and data sections
2128@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2129@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2130data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2131the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2132section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2133your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2134appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2135
a4fb0134 2136When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2137address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2138data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2139older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2140
c1253627
NC
2141@ifset COFF-ELF
2142When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2143this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2144@samp{.data}.
2145@end ifset
2146
2147@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2148@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2149@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2150@end ifset
2151
2152@node statistics
a4fb0134 2153@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2154
2155@kindex --statistics
2156@cindex statistics, about assembly
2157@cindex time, total for assembly
2158@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2159Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2160@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2161(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2162seconds).
2163
2164@node traditional-format
c1253627 2165@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2166
2167@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2168For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2169from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2170@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2171
2172For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2173@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2174
2175@node v
a4fb0134 2176@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2177
2178@kindex -v
2179@kindex -version
2180@cindex assembler version
2181@cindex version of assembler
2182You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2183option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2184command line.
2185
2186@node W
a4fb0134 2187@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2188
a4fb0134 2189@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2190assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2191cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2192made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2193
c1253627
NC
2194@kindex -W
2195@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2196@cindex suppressing warnings
2197@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2198If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2199This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2200how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2201are still reported.
2202
c1253627 2203@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2204@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2205@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2206If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2207files that generate warnings to be in error.
2208
c1253627 2209@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2210@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2211You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2212causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2213
2214@node Z
a4fb0134 2215@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2216@cindex object file, after errors
2217@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2218After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2219some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2220@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2221option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2222writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2223errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2224
2225@node Syntax
2226@chapter Syntax
2227
2228@cindex machine-independent syntax
2229@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2230This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2231source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2232assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2233@ifclear VAX
2234assembler.
2235@end ifclear
2236@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2237assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2238@end ifset
2239
2240@menu
7c31ae13 2241* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2242* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2243* Comments:: Comments
2244* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2245* Statements:: Statements
2246* Constants:: Constants
2247@end menu
2248
2249@node Preprocessing
2250@section Preprocessing
2251
2252@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2253The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2254@itemize @bullet
2255@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2256@item
2257adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2258the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2259a single space.
2260
2261@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2262@item
2263removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2264appropriate number of newlines.
2265
2266@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2267@item
2268converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2269@end itemize
2270
2271It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2272anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2273do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2274(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2275to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2276@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2277Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2278
2279Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2280cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2281preprocessed.
2282
2283@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2284@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2285@kindex #NO_APP
2286@kindex #APP
2287If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2288@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2289Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2290specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2291text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2292@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2293@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2294and whitespace.
2295
2296@node Whitespace
2297@section Whitespace
2298
2299@cindex whitespace
2300@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2301Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2302people to read. Unless within character constants
2303(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2304as exactly one space.
2305
2306@node Comments
2307@section Comments
2308
2309@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2310There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2311cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2312
2313Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2314This means you may not nest these comments.
2315
2316@smallexample
2317/*
2318 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2319 is to use this sort of comment.
2320*/
2321
2322/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2323@end smallexample
2324
2325@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2326Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2327considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2328specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2329line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2330line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2331comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2332upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2333@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2334
2335If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2336special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2337to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2338
2339@kindex #
2340@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2341@cindex logical line numbers
2342To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2343special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2344expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2345line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2346new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2347
2348If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2349the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2350
2351@smallexample
2352 # This is an ordinary comment.
2353# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2354 # This is logical line # 36.
2355@end smallexample
2356This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2357of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2358
2359@node Symbol Intro
2360@section Symbols
2361
2362@cindex characters used in symbols
2363@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2364A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2365letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2366@samp{_.$}.
2367@end ifclear
2368@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2369@ifclear GENERIC
2370@ifset H8
2371A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2372letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2373@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2374symbol names.)
2375@end ifset
2376@end ifclear
2377@end ifset
2378@ifset GENERIC
2379On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2380are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2381@end ifset
2382No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2383There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2384delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2385(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2386not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2387@cindex length of symbols
2388
2389@node Statements
2390@section Statements
2391
2392@cindex statements, structure of
2393@cindex line separator character
2394@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2395
2396A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2397@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2398specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2399target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2400The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2401preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2402exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@cindex newline, required at file end
2405@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2406It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2407character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2408
2409An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2410
2411@cindex instructions and directives
2412@cindex directives and instructions
2413@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2414@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2415@c 13feb91.
2416A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2417key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2418symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2419symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2420directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2421a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2422assembles into a machine language instruction.
2423@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2424Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2425recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2426represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2427language.@refill
2428@end ifset
2429
2430@cindex @code{:} (label)
2431@cindex label (@code{:})
2432A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2433Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2434have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2435
2436@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2437For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2438the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2439only one label may be defined on each line.
2440@end ifset
2441
2442@smallexample
2443label: .directive followed by something
2444another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2445 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2446@end smallexample
2447
2448@node Constants
2449@section Constants
2450
2451@cindex constants
2452A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2453inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2454@smallexample
2455@group
2456.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2457.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2458.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2459.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
246095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2461@end group
2462@end smallexample
2463
2464@menu
2465* Characters:: Character Constants
2466* Numbers:: Number Constants
2467@end menu
2468
2469@node Characters
2470@subsection Character Constants
2471
2472@cindex character constants
2473@cindex constants, character
2474There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2475for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2476numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2477@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2478used in arithmetic expressions.
2479
2480@menu
2481* Strings:: Strings
2482* Chars:: Characters
2483@end menu
2484
2485@node Strings
2486@subsubsection Strings
2487
2488@cindex string constants
2489@cindex constants, string
2490A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2491double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2492into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2493a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2494one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2495@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2496(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2497escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2498
2499@cindex escape codes, character
2500@cindex character escape codes
2501@table @kbd
2502@c @item \a
2503@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2504@c
2505@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2506@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2507@item \b
2508Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2509
2510@c @item \e
2511@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2512@c
2513@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2514@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2515@item \f
2516Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2517
2518@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2519@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2520@item \n
2521Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2522
2523@c @item \p
2524@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2525@c
2526@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2527@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2528@item \r
2529Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2530
2531@c @item \s
2532@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2533@c other assemblers.
2534@c
2535@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2536@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2537@item \t
2538Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2539
2540@c @item \v
2541@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2542@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2543@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2544@c
2545@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2546@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2547@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2548An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2549For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2550for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2551
2552@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2553@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2554@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2555A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2556lower case @code{x} works.
2557
2558@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2559@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2560@item \\
2561Represents one @samp{\} character.
2562
2563@c @item \'
2564@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2565@c This is needed in single character literals
2566@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2567@c a @samp{'}.
2568@c
2569@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2570@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2571@item \"
2572Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2573this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2574
2575@item \ @var{anything-else}
2576Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2577assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2578you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2579interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2580other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2581code and warns you of the fact.
2582@end table
2583
2584Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2585varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2586the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2587compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2588sequence.
2589
2590@node Chars
2591@subsubsection Characters
2592
2593@cindex single character constant
2594@cindex character, single
2595@cindex constant, single character
2596A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2597followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2598to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2599must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2600@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2601grave accent. A newline
2602@ifclear GENERIC
2603@ifclear abnormal-separator
2604(or semicolon @samp{;})
2605@end ifclear
2606@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2607@ifset H8
2608(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2609Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2610@end ifset
2611@end ifset
2612@end ifclear
2613immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2614and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2615constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2616that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2617@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2618
2619@node Numbers
2620@subsection Number Constants
2621
2622@cindex constants, number
2623@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2624@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2625are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2626would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2627integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2628are floating point numbers, described below.
2629
2630@menu
2631* Integers:: Integers
2632* Bignums:: Bignums
2633* Flonums:: Flonums
2634@ifclear GENERIC
2635@ifset I960
2636* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2637@end ifset
2638@end ifclear
2639@end menu
2640
2641@node Integers
2642@subsubsection Integers
2643@cindex integers
2644@cindex constants, integer
2645
2646@cindex binary integers
2647@cindex integers, binary
2648A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2649the binary digits @samp{01}.
2650
2651@cindex octal integers
2652@cindex integers, octal
2653An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2654digits (@samp{01234567}).
2655
2656@cindex decimal integers
2657@cindex integers, decimal
2658A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2659more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2660
2661@cindex hexadecimal integers
2662@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2663A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2664more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2665
2666Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2667the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2668(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2669
2670@node Bignums
2671@subsubsection Bignums
2672
2673@cindex bignums
2674@cindex constants, bignum
2675A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2676except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2677represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2678integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2679
2680@node Flonums
2681@subsubsection Flonums
2682@cindex flonums
2683@cindex floating point numbers
2684@cindex constants, floating point
2685
2686@cindex precision, floating point
2687A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2688indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2689@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2690sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2691to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2692portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2693
2694A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2695@itemize @bullet
2696@item
2697The digit @samp{0}.
2698@ifset HPPA
2699(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2700@end ifset
2701
2702@item
a4fb0134 2703A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2704@ifset GENERIC
2705@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2706@ignore
2707@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2708(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27094.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2710@end ignore
2711
7be1c489 2712On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2713and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2714one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2715
2716On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2717(in upper or lower case).
2718
2719On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2720one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2721
2722On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2723@end ifset
2724@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2725@ifset ARC
2726One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2727@end ifset
2728@ifset H8
2729One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2730@end ifset
2731@ifset HPPA
2732The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2733@end ifset
2734@ifset I960
2735One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2736@end ifset
2737@end ifclear
2738
2739@item
2740An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2741
2742@item
2743An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2744
2745@item
2746An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2747or more decimal digits.
2748
2749@item
2750An optional exponent, consisting of:
2751
2752@itemize @bullet
2753@item
2754An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2755@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2756@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2757@item
2758Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2759@item
2760One or more decimal digits.
2761@end itemize
2762
2763@end itemize
2764
2765At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2766present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2767
a4fb0134 2768@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2769independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2770@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2771
2772@ifclear GENERIC
2773@ifset I960
2774@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2775@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2776@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2777@node Bit Fields
2778@subsubsection Bit Fields
2779
2780@cindex bit fields
2781@cindex constants, bit field
2782You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2783Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2784@example
2785@var{mask}:@var{value}
2786@end example
2787@noindent
a4fb0134 2788@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2789@var{value}.
2790
2791The resulting number is then packed
2792@ifset GENERIC
2793@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2794(in host-dependent byte order)
2795@end ifset
2796into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2797bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2798requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2799more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2800least significant digits.@refill
2801
2802The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2803@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2804@end ifset
2805@end ifclear
2806
2807@node Sections
2808@chapter Sections and Relocation
2809@cindex sections
2810@cindex relocation
2811
2812@menu
2813* Secs Background:: Background
2814* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2815* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2816* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2817* bss:: bss Section
2818@end menu
2819
2820@node Secs Background
2821@section Background
2822
2823Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2824``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2825For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2826
2827@cindex linker, and assembler
2828@cindex assembler, and linker
2829The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2830combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2831emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2832@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2833different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2834oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2835sections.
2836
2837@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2838addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2839units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2840within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2841run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2842the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2843the proper run-time addresses.
2844@ifset H8
7be1c489 2845For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2846@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2847ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2848@end ifset
2849
2850@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2851An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2852of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2853@dfn{bss} sections.
2854
c1253627 2855@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2856@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2857When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2858@end ifset
a4fb0134 2859@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2860using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2861If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2862or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2863@end ifset
2864
2865@ifset HPPA
2866@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2867When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2868@end ifset
a4fb0134 2869@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2870specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2871@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2872(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2873assembler directives.
2874
2875@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2876Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2877text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2878is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2879BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2880@end ifset
2881@end ifset
2882
2883Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2884data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2885
2886@ifset HPPA
2887When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2888section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2889@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2890@end ifset
2891
2892To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2893relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2894object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2895@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2896file is mentioned:
2897@itemize @bullet
2898@item
2899Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2900an address?
2901@item
2902How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2903@item
2904Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2905@display
2906(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2907@end display
2908@item
2909Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2910@end itemize
2911
2912@cindex addresses, format of
2913@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2914In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2915@display
2916(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2917@end display
2918@noindent
a4fb0134 2919Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2920nature.
2921@ifset SOM
2922(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2923symbol-relative instead.)
2924@end ifset
2925
2926In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2927@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2928
2929Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2930@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2931addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2932@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2933@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2934data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2935their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2936part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2937address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2938
2939The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2940address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2941rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2942Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2943address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2944common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2945time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2946
2947By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2948the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2949sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2950customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2951the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2952data and bss sections.
2953
2954Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2955use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957@node Ld Sections
2958@section Linker Sections
2959@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2960
2961@table @strong
2962
c1253627 2963@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2964@cindex named sections
2965@cindex sections, named
2966@item named sections
2967@end ifset
2968@ifset aout-bout
2969@cindex text section
2970@cindex data section
2971@itemx text section
2972@itemx data section
2973@end ifset
a4fb0134 2974These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2975separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2976true of another.
2977@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2978When the program is running, however, it is
2979customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2980text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2981instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2982program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2983in the data section.
c1253627 2984@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2985
2986@cindex bss section
2987@item bss section
2988This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2989is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2990each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2991out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2992bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2993those explicit zeros from object files.
2994
2995@cindex absolute section
2996@item absolute section
2997Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2998This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2999not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3000addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3001
3002@cindex undefined section
3003@item undefined section
3004This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3005the preceding sections.
3006@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3007@end table
3008
3009@cindex relocation example
3010An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3011@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3012The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3013@end ifset
3014Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3015
3016@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3017@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3018@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3019@smallexample
3020 +-----+----+--+
3021partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3022 +-----+----+--+
3023
3024 text data bss
3025 seg. seg. seg.
3026
3027 +---+---+---+
3028partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3029 +---+---+---+
3030
3031 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3032linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3033 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3034
3035 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3036@end smallexample
3037@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3038@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3039@need 5000
3040@tex
c1253627 3041\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3042\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3043\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3044\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3045
3046\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3047\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3048\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3049
3050\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3051\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3052\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3053ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3054DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3055
3056\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3057\line{0\dots\hfil}
3058
3059@end tex
3060@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3061
3062@node As Sections
3063@section Assembler Internal Sections
3064
3065@cindex internal assembler sections
3066@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3067These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3068have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3069sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3070warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3071meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3072value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3073section-relative address.
3074
3075@table @b
3076@cindex assembler internal logic error
3077@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3078An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3079bug in the assembler.
3080
3081@cindex expr (internal section)
3082@item expr section
3083The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3084symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3085it in the expr section.
3086@c FIXME item debug
3087@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3088@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3089@c FIXME item register
3090@end table
3091
3092@node Sub-Sections
3093@section Sub-Sections
3094
3095@cindex numbered subsections
3096@cindex grouping data
3097@ifset aout-bout
3098Assembled bytes
c1253627 3099@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3100conventionally
3101@end ifset
3102fall into two sections: text and data.
3103@end ifset
3104You may have separate groups of
3105@ifset GENERIC
3106data in named sections
3107@end ifset
3108@ifclear GENERIC
3109@ifclear aout-bout
3110data in named sections
3111@end ifclear
3112@ifset aout-bout
3113text or data
3114@end ifset
3115@end ifclear
3116that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3117are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3118use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3119numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3120same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3121subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3122section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3123assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3124section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3125constants being output.
3126
3127Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3128goes in subsection number zero.
3129
3130@ifset GENERIC
3131Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3132(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3133of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3134@end ifset
3135@ifclear GENERIC
3136@ifset H8
7be1c489 3137On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3138boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3139The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3140@end ifset
3141@ifset I960
3142@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3143@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3144@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3145@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3146@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3147@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3148@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3149@end ifclear
3150
3151Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3152to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3153The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3154other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3155They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3156data subsections as a data section.
3157
3158To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3159into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3160@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3161@ifset COFF
252b5132 3162@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3163When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3164@end ifset
3165@ifclear GENERIC
3166You
3167@end ifclear
3168can also use an extra subsection
3169argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3170@var{expression}}.
3171@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3172@ifset ELF
3173@ifset GENERIC
3174When generating ELF output, you
3175@end ifset
3176@ifclear GENERIC
3177You
3178@end ifclear
3179can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3180to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3181@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3182@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3183(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3184is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3185begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3186@smallexample
3187.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3188.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3189.text 1
3190.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3191.data 0
3192.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3193.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3194.text 0
3195.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3196.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3197@end smallexample
3198
3199Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3200assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3201restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3202counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3203@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3204current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3205assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3206
3207@node bss
3208@section bss Section
3209
3210@cindex bss section
3211@cindex common variable storage
3212The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3213You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3214not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3215your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3216section are zeroed bytes.
3217
3218The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3219@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3220
3221The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3222another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3223
3224@ifset GENERIC
3225When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3226COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3227see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3228section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3229@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3230@end ifset
3231
3232@node Symbols
3233@chapter Symbols
3234
3235@cindex symbols
3236Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3237things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3238to debug.
3239
3240@quotation
3241@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3242@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3243the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3244@end quotation
3245
3246@menu
3247* Labels:: Labels
3248* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3249* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3250* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3251* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3252@end menu
3253
3254@node Labels
3255@section Labels
3256
3257@cindex labels
3258A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3259@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3260active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3261operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3262different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3263definitions.
3264
3265@ifset HPPA
3266On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3267colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3268a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3269provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3270@end ifset
3271
3272@node Setting Symbols
3273@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3274
3275@cindex assigning values to symbols
3276@cindex symbol values, assigning
3277A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3278by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3279(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3280directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3281equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3282@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3283
f8739b83
JZ
3284@ifset Blackfin
3285Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3286@end ifset
3287
252b5132
RH
3288@node Symbol Names
3289@section Symbol Names
3290
3291@cindex symbol names
3292@cindex names, symbol
3293@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3294Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3295machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3296noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3297string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3298particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3299@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3300@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3301@ifset H8
3302Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3303Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3304character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3305on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3306@end ifset
3307@end ifset
3308
3309Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3310than @code{Foo}.
3311
3312Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3313refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3314in a program.
3315
3316@subheading Local Symbol Names
3317
3318@cindex local symbol names
3319@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3320A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3321By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3322@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3323set of local label prefixes.
3324@ifset HPPA
3325On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3326@end ifset
3327
3328Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3329normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3330You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3331@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3332
3333@subheading Local Labels
3334
3335@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3336@cindex temporary symbol names
3337@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3338Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3339They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3340the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3341To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3342represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3343definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3344you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3345@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3346for ``forwards''.
3347
3348There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3349too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3350the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3351defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3352definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3353noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3354implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3355
3356Here is an example:
3357
3358@smallexample
33591: branch 1f
33602: branch 1b
33611: branch 2f
33622: branch 1b
3363@end smallexample
3364
3365Which is the equivalent of:
3366
3367@smallexample
3368label_1: branch label_3
3369label_2: branch label_1
3370label_3: branch label_4
3371label_4: branch label_3
3372@end smallexample
3373
ba83aca1 3374Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3375transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3376The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3377are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3378these parts:
252b5132
RH
3379
3380@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3381@item @emph{local label prefix}
3382All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3383Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3384that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3385used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3386@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3387object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3388you may use them in debugging.
3389
2d5aaba0
NC
3390@item @var{number}
3391This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3392label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3393
2d5aaba0
NC
3394@item @kbd{C-B}
3395This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3396of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3397
3398@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3399This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3400@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3401number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3402the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3403@end table
3404
ba83aca1
BW
3405So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3406the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3407
3408@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3409@cindex dollar local symbols
3410
3411@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3412dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3413soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3414region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3415scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3416the same local label.
3417
3418Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3419except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3420@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3421
3422They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3423names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3424to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3425@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3426
3427@node Dot
3428@section The Special Dot Symbol
3429
3430@cindex dot (symbol)
3431@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3432@cindex current address
3433@cindex location counter
3434The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3435@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3436.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3437Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3438directive.
252b5132 3439@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3440Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3441@samp{.space 4}.
3442@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3443
3444@node Symbol Attributes
3445@section Symbol Attributes
3446
3447@cindex symbol attributes
3448@cindex attributes, symbol
3449Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3450``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3451attributes.
3452@ifset INTERNALS
3453The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3454@end ifset
3455
a4fb0134 3456If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3457all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3458symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3459would want.
3460
3461@menu
3462* Symbol Value:: Value
3463* Symbol Type:: Type
3464@ifset aout-bout
3465@ifset GENERIC
3466* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3467@end ifset
3468@ifclear GENERIC
3469@ifclear BOUT
3470* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3471@end ifclear
3472@ifset BOUT
3473* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3474@end ifset
3475@end ifclear
3476@end ifset
3477@ifset COFF
3478* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3479@end ifset
3480@ifset SOM
3481* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3482@end ifset
3483@end menu
3484
3485@node Symbol Value
3486@subsection Value
3487
3488@cindex value of a symbol
3489@cindex symbol value
3490The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3491location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3492number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3493Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3494as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3495symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3496called absolute.
3497
3498The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34990 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3500@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3501same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3502name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3503common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3504bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3505allocated storage.
3506
3507@node Symbol Type
3508@subsection Type
3509
3510@cindex type of a symbol
3511@cindex symbol type
3512The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3513information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3514(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3515format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3516
3517@ifset aout-bout
3518@ifclear GENERIC
3519@ifset BOUT
3520@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3521@c better if it were available outside examples.
3522@need 1000
3523@node a.out Symbols
3524@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3525
3526@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3527@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3528These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3529one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3530@code{b.out}.
3531
3532@end ifset
3533@ifclear BOUT
3534@node a.out Symbols
3535@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3536
3537@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3538@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3539
3540@end ifclear
3541@end ifclear
3542@ifset GENERIC
3543@node a.out Symbols
3544@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3545
3546@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3547@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3548
3549@end ifset
3550@menu
3551* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3552* Symbol Other:: Other
3553@end menu
3554
3555@node Symbol Desc
3556@subsubsection Descriptor
3557
3558@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3559This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3560descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3561(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3562@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3563
3564@node Symbol Other
3565@subsubsection Other
3566
3567@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3568This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3569@end ifset
3570
3571@ifset COFF
3572@node COFF Symbols
3573@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3574
3575@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3576@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3577
3578The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3579like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3580@code{.endef} directives.
3581
3582@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3583
3584@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3585The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3586respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3587
3588@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3589
3590@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3591The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3592@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3593table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3594@end ifset
3595
3596@ifset SOM
3597@node SOM Symbols
3598@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3599
3600@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3601@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3602
3603The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3604the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3605
01642c12 3606The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3607Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3608@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3609@end ifset
3610
3611@node Expressions
3612@chapter Expressions
3613
3614@cindex expressions
3615@cindex addresses
3616@cindex numeric values
3617An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3618Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3619
3620The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3621a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3622enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3623section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3624the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3625@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3626
3627@menu
3628* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3629* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3630@end menu
3631
3632@node Empty Exprs
3633@section Empty Expressions
3634
3635@cindex empty expressions
3636@cindex expressions, empty
3637An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3638Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3639expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3640is compatible with other assemblers.
3641
3642@node Integer Exprs
3643@section Integer Expressions
3644
3645@cindex integer expressions
3646@cindex expressions, integer
3647An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3648by @emph{operators}.
3649
3650@menu
3651* Arguments:: Arguments
3652* Operators:: Operators
3653* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3654* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3655@end menu
3656
3657@node Arguments
3658@subsection Arguments
3659
3660@cindex expression arguments
3661@cindex arguments in expressions
3662@cindex operands in expressions
3663@cindex arithmetic operands
3664@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3665contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3666this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3667the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3668expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3669instruction operands.
3670
3671Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3672@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3673or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3674integer.
3675
3676Numbers are usually integers.
3677
3678A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3679that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3680these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3681instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3682assemblers.
3683
3684@cindex subexpressions
3685Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3686expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3687operator followed by an argument.
3688
3689@node Operators
3690@subsection Operators
3691
3692@cindex operators, in expressions
3693@cindex arithmetic functions
3694@cindex functions, in expressions
3695@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3696operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3697between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3698whitespace.
3699
3700@node Prefix Ops
3701@subsection Prefix Operator
3702
3703@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3704@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3705one argument, which must be absolute.
3706
3707@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3708@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3709@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3710@tex
3711\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3712@end tex
3713
3714@table @code
3715@item -
3716@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3717@item ~
3718@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3719@end table
3720
3721@tex
3722\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3723@end tex
3724
3725@node Infix Ops
3726@subsection Infix Operators
3727
3728@cindex infix operators
3729@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3730@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3731have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3732to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3733absolute, and the result is absolute.
3734
3735@enumerate
3736@cindex operator precedence
3737@cindex precedence of operators
3738
3739@item
3740Highest Precedence
3741
3742@table @code
3743@item *
3744@dfn{Multiplication}.
3745
3746@item /
3747@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3748
3749@item %
3750@dfn{Remainder}.
3751
d1eac9d9 3752@item <<
252b5132
RH
3753@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3754
d1eac9d9 3755@item >>
252b5132
RH
3756@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3757@end table
3758
3759@item
3760Intermediate precedence
3761
3762@table @code
3763@item |
3764
3765@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3766
3767@item &
3768@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3769
3770@item ^
3771@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3772
3773@item !
3774@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3775@end table
3776
3777@item
b131d4dc 3778Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3779
3780@table @code
3781@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3782@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3783@cindex arguments for addition
3784@item +
3785@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3786the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3787sections.
3788
3789@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3790@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3791@cindex arguments for subtraction
3792@item -
3793@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3794result has the section of the left argument.
3795If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3796You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3797@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3798
3799@cindex comparison expressions
3800@cindex expressions, comparison
3801@item ==
3802@dfn{Is Equal To}
3803@item <>
723a8472 3804@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3805@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3806@item <
3807@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3808@item >
b131d4dc 3809@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3810@item >=
b131d4dc 3811@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3812@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3813@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3814
3815The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3816value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3817perform signed comparisons.
3818@end table
3819
3820@item Lowest Precedence
3821
3822@table @code
3823@item &&
3824@dfn{Logical And}.
3825
3826@item ||
3827@dfn{Logical Or}.
3828
3829These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3830expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3831value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3832or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3833
252b5132
RH
3834@end table
3835@end enumerate
3836
3837In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3838address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3839
3840@node Pseudo Ops
3841@chapter Assembler Directives
3842
3843@cindex directives, machine independent
3844@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3845@cindex machine independent directives
3846All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3847The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3848
3849This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3850target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3851@ifset GENERIC
3852Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3853@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3854@end ifset
3855@ifclear GENERIC
3856@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3857@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3858@end ifset
3859@end ifclear
3860
3861@menu
3862* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3863@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3864* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3865@end ifset
f0dc282c 3866
252b5132 3867* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3868* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3869* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3870* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3871* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3872* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3873* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3874* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3875* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3876@ifset COFF
3877* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3878@end ifset
3879@ifset aout-bout
3880* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3881@end ifset
3882@ifset COFF
3883* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3884@end ifset
f0dc282c 3885
252b5132
RH
3886* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3887* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3888* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3889* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3890* End:: @code{.end}
3891@ifset COFF
3892* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3893@end ifset
f0dc282c 3894
252b5132
RH
3895* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3896* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3897* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3898* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3899* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3900* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3901* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3902* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3903* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3904* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3905* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3906* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3907* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3908* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3909* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3910@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3911* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3912* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3913@end ifset
f0dc282c 3914
252b5132
RH
3915* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3916* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3917* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3918* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3919* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3920* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3921@ifset ELF
3922* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3923@end ifset
f0dc282c 3924
252b5132
RH
3925* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3926* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3927* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3928* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3929@ifclear no-line-dir
3930* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3931@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3932
252b5132
RH
3933* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3934* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3935* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3936* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3937* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3938@ifset ELF
3939* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3940@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3941
252b5132
RH
3942* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3943@ignore
3944* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3945@end ignore
f0dc282c 3946
252b5132
RH
3947* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3948* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3949* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3950* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3951* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3952* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3953* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3954@ifset ELF
3955* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3956* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3957@end ifset
f0dc282c 3958
252b5132 3959* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3960@ifset ELF
3961* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3962@end ifset
f0dc282c 3963
252b5132
RH
3964* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3965* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3966@ifset ELF
3967* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3968@end ifset
f0dc282c 3969
252b5132 3970* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3971* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3972* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3973* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3974@ifset COFF
3975* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3976@end ifset
3977@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3978* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3979@end ifset
f0dc282c 3980
252b5132
RH
3981* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3982* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3983* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3984@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3985* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3986@end ifset
884f0d36 3987@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3988* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3989@end ifclear
3990
252b5132 3991* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3992@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3993* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3994@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3995@ifset have-stabs
3996* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3997@end ifset
f0dc282c 3998
38a57ae7 3999* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4000* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4001@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4002* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4003* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4004@end ifset
f0dc282c 4005
252b5132
RH
4006@ifset COFF
4007* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4008@end ifset
f0dc282c 4009
252b5132
RH
4010* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4011* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4012@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4013* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4014@end ifset
4015
c91d2e08 4016* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4017@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4018* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4019@end ifset
f0dc282c 4020
2e13b764 4021@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4022* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4023* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4024* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4025@end ifset
f0dc282c 4026
d190d046 4027* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4028* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4029* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4030* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4031* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4032@end menu
4033
4034@node Abort
4035@section @code{.abort}
4036
4037@cindex @code{abort} directive
4038@cindex stopping the assembly
4039This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4040compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4041assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4042of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4043quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4044
4045@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4046@node ABORT (COFF)
4047@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4048
4049@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4050When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4051synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4052
4053@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4054When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4055but ignores it.
4056@end ifset
4057@end ifset
4058
4059@node Align
4060@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4061
4062@cindex padding the location counter
4063@cindex @code{align} directive
4064Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4065boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4066required, as described below.
4067
4068The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4069padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4070padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4071marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4072with no-op instructions.
4073
4074The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4075it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4076directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4077specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4078fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4079required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4080with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4081
4082The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4083For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4084s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4085alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4086the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4087is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4088first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4089
9e9a9798 4090For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4091strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4092number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4093advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4094counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4095multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4096
4097This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4098native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4099GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4100described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4101architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4102
ccf8a69b
BW
4103@node Altmacro
4104@section @code{.altmacro}
4105Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4106
4107@ftable @code
4108@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4109One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4110generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4111replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4112replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4113separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4114define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4115
4116@item String delimiters
4117You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4118@code{"@var{string}"}:
4119
4120@table @code
4121@item '@var{string}'
4122You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4123
4124@item <@var{string}>
4125You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4126@end table
4127
4128@item single-character string escape
4129To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4130character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4131character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4132write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4133
4134@item Expression results as strings
4135You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4136and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4137@end ftable
4138
252b5132
RH
4139@node Ascii
4140@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4141
4142@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4143@cindex string literals
4144@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4145separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4146trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4147
4148@node Asciz
4149@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4150
4151@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4152@cindex zero-terminated strings
4153@cindex null-terminated strings
4154@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4155a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4156
4157@node Balign
4158@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4159
4160@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4161@cindex @code{balign} directive
4162Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4163storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4164alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4165the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4166is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4167
4168The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4169padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4170padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4171marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4172with no-op instructions.
4173
4174The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4175it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4176directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4177specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4178fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4179required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4180with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4181
4182@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4183@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4184The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4185@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4186pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4187fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41884,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4189filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4190the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4191undefined.
4192
4193@node Byte
4194@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4195
4196@cindex @code{byte} directive
4197@cindex integers, one byte
4198@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4199Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4200
54cfded0 4201@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4202@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4203@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4204@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4205should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4206If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4207if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4208To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4209directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4210
4b7d318b 4211@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4212@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4213@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4214should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4215data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4216@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4217
01642c12 4218Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4219it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4220
54cfded0
AM
4221@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4222@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4223@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4224unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4225@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4226
9b8ae42e
JJ
4227@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4228@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4229@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4230should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4231argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4232a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4233the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4234can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4235The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4236no personality routine.
4237
4238@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4239@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4240@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4241should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4242argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4243or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4244no LSDA.
4245
54cfded0 4246@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4247@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4248address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4249
4250@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4251@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4252now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4253remains the same.
4254
4255@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4256@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4257remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4258absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4259CFA address.
4260
4261@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4262Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4263value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4264
4265@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4266Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4267CFA.
54cfded0 4268
17076204
RH
4269@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4270Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4271the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4272using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4273This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4274code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4275
4b7d318b
L
4276@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4277Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4278
4279@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4280@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4281same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4282instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4283
4284@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4285From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4286
4287@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4288Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4289i.e. no restoration needed.
4290
01642c12
RM
4291@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4292First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4293then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4294everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4295the previous saved state.
4296
4297@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4298Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4299directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4300
63752a75
JJ
4301@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4302Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4303
6749011b 4304@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4305SPARC register window has been saved.
4306
cdfbf930
RH
4307@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4308Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4309might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4310opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4311
f1c4cc75
RH
4312@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4313The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4314will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4315description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4316
4317The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4318limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4319mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4320by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4321or another register.
4322
ccf8a69b
BW
4323@node Comm
4324@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4325
ccf8a69b
BW
4326@cindex @code{comm} directive
4327@cindex symbol, common
4328@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4329common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4330of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4331definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4332allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4333absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4334the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4335using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4336
c1711530
DK
4337@ifset COFF-ELF
4338When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4339an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4340specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4341that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4342as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4343boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4344power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4345common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4346alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4347largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4348maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4349is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4350@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4351multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4352It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4353(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4354@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4355
ccf8a69b
BW
4356@ifset HPPA
4357The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4358@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4359@end ifset
07a53e5c 4360
252b5132
RH
4361@node Data
4362@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4363
4364@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4365@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4366end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4367absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4368to zero.
4369
4370@ifset COFF
4371@node Def
4372@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4373
4374@cindex @code{def} directive
4375@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4376@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4377Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4378definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4379@ifset BOUT
4380
a4fb0134 4381This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4382format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4383but ignored.
4384@end ifset
4385@end ifset
4386
4387@ifset aout-bout
4388@node Desc
4389@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4390
4391@cindex @code{desc} directive
4392@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4393@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4394This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4395to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4396
4397@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4398The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4399configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4400object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4401it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4402@end ifset
4403@end ifset
4404
4405@ifset COFF
4406@node Dim
4407@section @code{.dim}
4408
4409@cindex @code{dim} directive
4410@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4411@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4412This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4413information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4414@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4415@ifset BOUT
4416
4417@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4418@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4419ignores it.
4420@end ifset
4421@end ifset
4422
4423@node Double
4424@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4425
4426@cindex @code{double} directive
4427@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4428@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4429assembles floating point numbers.
4430@ifset GENERIC
4431The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4432@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4433@end ifset
4434@ifclear GENERIC
4435@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4436On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4437in @sc{ieee} format.
4438@end ifset
4439@end ifclear
4440
4441@node Eject
4442@section @code{.eject}
4443
4444@cindex @code{eject} directive
4445@cindex new page, in listings
4446@cindex page, in listings
4447@cindex listing control: new page
4448Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4449
4450@node Else
4451@section @code{.else}
4452
4453@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4454@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4455assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4456of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4457was false.
4458
3fd9f047
TW
4459@node Elseif
4460@section @code{.elseif}
4461
4462@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4463@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4464assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4465@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4466
252b5132
RH
4467@node End
4468@section @code{.end}
4469
4470@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4471@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4472process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4473
4474@ifset COFF
4475@node Endef
4476@section @code{.endef}
4477
4478@cindex @code{endef} directive
4479This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4480@code{.def}.
4481@ifset BOUT
4482
4483@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4484@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4485directive but ignores it.
4486@end ifset
4487@end ifset
4488
4489@node Endfunc
4490@section @code{.endfunc}
4491@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4492@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4493
4494@node Endif
4495@section @code{.endif}
4496
4497@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4498@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4499it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4500conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4501
4502@node Equ
4503@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4504
4505@cindex @code{equ} directive
4506@cindex assigning values to symbols
4507@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4508This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4509It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4510
4511@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4512The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4513@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4514@end ifset
4515
3c9b82ba 4516@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4517The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4518@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4519On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4520but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4521Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4522@end ifset
4523
252b5132
RH
4524@node Equiv
4525@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4526@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4527The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4528the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4529symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4530undefined.
252b5132 4531
01642c12 4532Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4533@smallexample
4534.ifdef SYM
4535.err
4536.endif
4537.equ SYM,VAL
4538@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4539plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4540
4541@node Eqv
4542@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4543@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4544The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4545evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4546the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4547value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4548
4549@node Err
4550@section @code{.err}
4551@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4552If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4553message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4554object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4555
d190d046
HPN
4556@node Error
4557@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4558@cindex error directive
4559
4560Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4561string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4562message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4563@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4564
4565@smallexample
4566 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4567@end smallexample
4568
252b5132
RH
4569@node Exitm
4570@section @code{.exitm}
4571Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4572
4573@node Extern
4574@section @code{.extern}
4575
4576@cindex @code{extern} directive
4577@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4578with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4579all undefined symbols as external.
4580
4581@node Fail
4582@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4583
4584@cindex @code{fail} directive
4585Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4586or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4587than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4588include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4589complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4590
252b5132 4591@node File
14082c76 4592@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4593@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4594
4595@ifclear no-file-dir
4596There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4597that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4598@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4599
4600@subheading Default Version
4601
252b5132
RH
4602@cindex logical file name
4603@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4604This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4605are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4606
4607@smallexample
4608.file @var{string}
4609@end smallexample
4610
4611@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4612recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4613to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4614statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4615old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4616
4617@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4618@end ifclear
4619
14082c76
BW
4620When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4621to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4622
4623@smallexample
4624.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4625@end smallexample
4626
4627The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4628index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4629literal.
4630
4631The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4632table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4633information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4634entries will have.
4635
252b5132
RH
4636@node Fill
4637@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4638
4639@cindex @code{fill} directive
4640@cindex writing patterns in memory
4641@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4642@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4643This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4644may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4645more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4646other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4647is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4648zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4649byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4650Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4651@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4652compatible with other people's assemblers.
4653
4654@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4655If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4656assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4657@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4658
4659@node Float
4660@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4661
4662@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4663@cindex @code{float} directive
4664This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4665has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4666@ifset GENERIC
4667The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4668@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4669@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4670@end ifset
4671@ifclear GENERIC
4672@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4673On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4674in @sc{ieee} format.
4675@end ifset
4676@end ifclear
4677
4678@node Func
4679@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4680@cindex @code{func} directive
4681@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4682is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4683Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4684@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4685prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4686@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4687All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4688The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4689
4690@node Global
4691@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4692
4693@cindex @code{global} directive
4694@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4695@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4696@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4697other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4698@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4699from another file linked into the same program.
4700
4701Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4702compatibility with other assemblers.
4703
4704@ifset HPPA
4705On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4706partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4707@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4708@end ifset
4709
c91d2e08 4710@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4711@node Gnu_attribute
4712@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4713Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4714
c91d2e08
NC
4715@node Hidden
4716@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4717
c1253627
NC
4718@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4719@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4720This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4721@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4722@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4723
4724This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4725their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4726@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4727Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4728@end ifset
4729
252b5132
RH
4730@node hword
4731@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4732
4733@cindex @code{hword} directive
4734@cindex integers, 16-bit
4735@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4736@cindex sixteen bit integers
4737This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4738a 16 bit number for each.
4739
4740@ifset GENERIC
4741This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4742architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4743@end ifset
4744@ifclear GENERIC
4745@ifset W32
4746This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4747@end ifset
4748@ifset W16
4749This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4750@end ifset
4751@end ifclear
4752
4753@node Ident
4754@section @code{.ident}
4755
4756@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4757
4758This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4759behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4760a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4761source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4762for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4763@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4764emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4765
4766@node If
4767@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4768
4769@cindex conditional assembly
4770@cindex @code{if} directive
4771@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4772considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4773(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4774the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4775(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4776alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4777If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4778nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4779
4780The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4781@table @code
4782@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4783@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4784Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4785has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4786is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4787
26aca5f6
JB
4788@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4789@item .ifb @var{text}
4790Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4791
252b5132
RH
4792@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4793@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4794Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4795strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4796the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4797end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4798string comparison is case sensitive.
4799
4800@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4801@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4802Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4803
4804@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4805@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4806Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4807
4808@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4809@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4810Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4811equal to zero.
4812
4813@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4814@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4815Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4816
4817@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4818@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4819Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4820to zero.
4821
4822@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4823@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4824Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4825
26aca5f6
JB
4826@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4827@item .ifnb @var{text}
4828Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4829following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4830
252b5132
RH
4831@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4832@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4833Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4834following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4835
4836@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4837@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4838@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4839@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4840Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4841has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4842which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4843
4844@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4845@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4846Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4847(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4848
4849@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4850@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4851Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4852following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4853@end table
4854
7e005732
NC
4855@node Incbin
4856@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4857
4858@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4859@cindex binary files, including
4860The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4861location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4862option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4863around @var{file}.
4864
4865The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4866@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4867read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4868responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4869after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4870
252b5132
RH
4871@node Include
4872@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4873
4874@cindex @code{include} directive
4875@cindex supporting files, including
4876@cindex files, including
4877This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4878points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4879if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4880included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4881can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4882(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4883around @var{file}.
4884
4885@node Int
4886@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4887
4888@cindex @code{int} directive
4889@cindex integers, 32-bit
4890Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4891For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4892expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4893of target the assembly is for.
4894
4895@ifclear GENERIC
4896@ifset H8
7be1c489 4897On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4898integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
489932-bit integers.
4900@end ifset
4901@end ifclear
4902
c91d2e08
NC
4903@ifset ELF
4904@node Internal
4905@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4906
c1253627
NC
4907@cindex @code{internal} directive
4908@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4909This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4910@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4911@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4912
4913This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4914their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4915@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4916(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4917processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4918@end ifset
4919
252b5132
RH
4920@node Irp
4921@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4922
4923@cindex @code{irp} directive
4924Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4925The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4926terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4927set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4928@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4929@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4930sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4931
4932For example, assembling
4933
4934@example
4935 .irp param,1,2,3
4936 move d\param,sp@@-
4937 .endr
4938@end example
4939
4940is equivalent to assembling
4941
4942@example
4943 move d1,sp@@-
4944 move d2,sp@@-
4945 move d3,sp@@-
4946@end example
4947
96e9638b 4948For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4949
252b5132
RH
4950@node Irpc
4951@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4952
4953@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4954Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4955The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4956terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4957@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4958assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4959assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4960@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4961
4962For example, assembling
4963
4964@example
4965 .irpc param,123
4966 move d\param,sp@@-
4967 .endr
4968@end example
4969
4970is equivalent to assembling
4971
4972@example
4973 move d1,sp@@-
4974 move d2,sp@@-
4975 move d3,sp@@-
4976@end example
4977
5e75c3ab
JB
4978For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4979at @xref{Macro}.
4980
252b5132
RH
4981@node Lcomm
4982@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4983
4984@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4985@cindex local common symbols
4986@cindex symbols, local common
4987Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4988denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4989those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4990section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4991is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4992not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4993
4994@ifset GENERIC
4995Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4996argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4997@end ifset
4998
4999@ifset HPPA
5000The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5001@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5002@end ifset
5003
5004@node Lflags
5005@section @code{.lflags}
5006
5007@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5008@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5009assemblers, but ignores it.
5010
5011@ifclear no-line-dir
5012@node Line
5013@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5014
5015@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5016@cindex logical line number
5017@ifset aout-bout
5018Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5019expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5020statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5021reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5022@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5023for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5024@end ifset
5025
252b5132 5026Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5027@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5028when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5029were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5030@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5031
5032Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5033used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5034debugging.
5035@end ifclear
5036
5037@node Linkonce
5038@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5039@cindex COMDAT
5040@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5041@cindex common sections
5042Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5043This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5044but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5045The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5046Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5047unique.
5048
5049This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5050writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5051Executable format used on Windows NT.
5052
5053The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5054following strings. For example:
5055@smallexample
5056.linkonce same_size
5057@end smallexample
5058Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5059
5060@table @code
5061@item discard
5062Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5063
5064@item one_only
5065Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5066
5067@item same_size
5068Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5069
5070@item same_contents
5071Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5072@end table
5073
ccf8a69b
BW
5074@node List
5075@section @code{.list}
5076
5077@cindex @code{list} directive
5078@cindex listing control, turning on
5079Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5080not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5081internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5082counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5083generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5084
5085By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5086@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5087the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5088
252b5132
RH
5089@node Ln
5090@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5091
5092@cindex @code{ln} directive
5093@ifclear no-line-dir
5094@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5095@end ifclear
5096@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5097Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5098must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5099line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5100statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5101line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5102@ifset BOUT
5103
a4fb0134 5104This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5105configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5106output format.
5107@end ifset
5108@end ifset
5109
ccf8a69b
BW
5110@node Loc
5111@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5112@cindex @code{loc} directive
5113When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5114the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5115number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5116instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5117arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5118the row is added.
252b5132 5119
ccf8a69b
BW
5120The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5121
5122@table @code
5123@item basic_block
5124This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5125@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5126
5127@item prologue_end
5128This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5129@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5130
5131@item epilogue_begin
5132This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5133@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5134
5135@item is_stmt @var{value}
5136This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5137@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5138either 0 or 1.
5139
5140@item isa @var{value}
5141This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5142state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5143
92846e72
CC
5144@item discriminator @var{value}
5145This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5146state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5147
ccf8a69b
BW
5148@end table
5149
5150@node Loc_mark_labels
5151@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5152@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5153When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5154the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5155to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5156register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5157The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5158this function respectively.
252b5132 5159
4d4175af
BW
5160@ifset ELF
5161@node Local
5162@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5163
5164@cindex @code{local} directive
5165This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5166the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5167will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5168they will be created.
5169
5170For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5171accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5172the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5173(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5174@end ifset
5175
252b5132
RH
5176@node Long
5177@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5178
5179@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5180@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5181
5182@ignore
5183@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5184@c what it really ought to do
5185@node Lsym
5186@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5187
5188@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5189@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5190@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5191the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5192rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5193the same as the expression value:
5194@smallexample
5195@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5196@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5197@var{value} = @var{expression}
5198@end smallexample
5199@noindent
5200The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5201@end ignore
5202
5203@node Macro
5204@section @code{.macro}
5205
5206@cindex macros
5207The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5208generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5209@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5210
5211@example
5212 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5213 .long \from
5214 .if \to-\from
5215 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5216 .endif
5217 .endm
5218@end example
5219
5220@noindent
5221With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5222
5223@example
5224 .long 0
5225 .long 1
5226 .long 2
5227 .long 3
5228 .long 4
5229 .long 5
5230@end example
5231
5232@ftable @code
5233@item .macro @var{macname}
5234@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5235@cindex @code{macro} directive
5236Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5237definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5238separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5239indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5240@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5241(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5242macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5243cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5244subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5245definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5246
5247@table @code
5248@item .macro comm
5249Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5250arguments.
5251
6258339f 5252@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5253@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5254Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5255which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5256@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5257
5258@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5259Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5260arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5261After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5262@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5263@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5264,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5265@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5266
6eaeac8a
JB
5267@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5268Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5269arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5270not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5271will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5272
252b5132
RH
5273When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5274position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5275@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5276
6258339f
NC
5277@end table
5278
5e75c3ab
JB
5279Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5280as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5281occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5282characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5283(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5284architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5285character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5286replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5287construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5288identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5289this macro definition:
5290
5291@example
5292 .macro label l
5293\l:
5294 .endm
5295@end example
5296
5297might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5298called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5299assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5300identifier.
5301
5302Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5303which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5304for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5305length specifier like this:
5306
5307@example
5308 .macro opcode base length
5309 \base.\length
5310 .endm
5311@end example
5312
5313and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5314instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5315interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5316
5317There are several possible ways around this problem:
5318
5319@table @code
5320@item Insert white space
5321If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5322solution. eg:
5323
5324@example
5325 .macro label l
5326\l :
5327 .endm
5328@end example
5329
5330@item Use @samp{\()}
5331The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5332the following text. eg:
5333
5334@example
5335 .macro opcode base length
5336 \base\().\length
5337 .endm
5338@end example
5339
5340@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5341In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5342used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5343
5344@example
5345 .altmacro
5346 .macro label l
5347l&:
5348 .endm
5349@end example
6258339f 5350@end table
5e75c3ab 5351
96e9638b 5352Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5353also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5354and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5355
252b5132
RH
5356@item .endm
5357@cindex @code{endm} directive
5358Mark the end of a macro definition.
5359
5360@item .exitm
5361@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5362Exit early from the current macro definition.
5363
5364@cindex number of macros executed
5365@cindex macros, count executed
5366@item \@@
a4fb0134 5367@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5368executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5369output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5370
252b5132
RH
5371@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5372@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5373macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5374@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5375@end ftable
252b5132 5376
ccf8a69b
BW
5377@node MRI
5378@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5379
ccf8a69b
BW
5380@cindex @code{mri} directive
5381@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5382If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5383@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5384affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5385of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5386
caa32fe5
NC
5387@node Noaltmacro
5388@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5389Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5390
252b5132
RH
5391@node Nolist
5392@section @code{.nolist}
5393
5394@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5395@cindex listing control, turning off
5396Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5397not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5398internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5399counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5400generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5401
5402@node Octa
5403@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5404
5405@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5406@cindex @code{octa} directive
5407@cindex integer, 16-byte
5408@cindex sixteen byte integer
5409This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5410bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5411
5412The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5413hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5414
5415@node Org
5416@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5417
5418@cindex @code{org} directive
5419@cindex location counter, advancing
5420@cindex advancing location counter
5421@cindex current address, advancing
5422Advance the location counter of the current section to
5423@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5424expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5425you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5426wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5427with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5428@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5429is the same as the current subsection.
5430
5431@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5432unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5433backwards.
5434
5435@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5436@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5437@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5438Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5439may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5440a chance to share your improved assembler.
5441
5442Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5443to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5444people's assemblers.
5445
5446When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5447intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5448absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5449@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5450
5451@node P2align
5452@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5453
5454@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5455@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5456Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5457storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5458number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5459advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5460counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5461multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5462
5463The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5464padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5465padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5466marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5467with no-op instructions.
5468
5469The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5470it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5471directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5472specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5473fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5474required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5475with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5476
5477@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5478@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5479The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5480@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5481pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5482fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54832,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5484filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5485the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5486undefined.
5487
ccf8a69b
BW
5488@ifset ELF
5489@node PopSection
5490@section @code{.popsection}
5491
5492@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5493@cindex Section Stack
5494This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5495@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5496@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5497(@pxref{Previous}).
5498
5499This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5500section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5501stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5502@end ifset
5503
c91d2e08
NC
5504@ifset ELF
5505@node Previous
5506@section @code{.previous}
5507
c1253627 5508@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5509@cindex Section Stack
5510This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5511@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5512@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5513(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5514
5515This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5516referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5517@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5518subsections). For example:
5519
5520@smallexample
5521.section A
5522 .subsection 1
5523 .word 0x1234
5524 .subsection 2
5525 .word 0x5678
5526.previous
5527 .word 0x9abc
5528@end smallexample
5529
5530Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5531section A. Whilst:
5532
5533@smallexample
5534.section A
5535.subsection 1
5536 # Now in section A subsection 1
5537 .word 0x1234
5538.section B
5539.subsection 0
5540 # Now in section B subsection 0
5541 .word 0x5678
5542.subsection 1
5543 # Now in section B subsection 1
5544 .word 0x9abc
5545.previous
5546 # Now in section B subsection 0
5547 .word 0xdef0
5548@end smallexample
5549
5550Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5551section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5552
5553In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5554the top section on the section stack.
5555@end ifset
5556
252b5132
RH
5557@node Print
5558@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5559
5560@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5561@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5562assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5563
c91d2e08
NC
5564@ifset ELF
5565@node Protected
5566@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5567
c1253627
NC
5568@cindex @code{protected} directive
5569@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5570This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5571@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5572
5573This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5574their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5575@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5576components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5577component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5578this.
c91d2e08
NC
5579@end ifset
5580
252b5132
RH
5581@node Psize
5582@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5583
5584@cindex @code{psize} directive
5585@cindex listing control: paper size
5586@cindex paper size, for listings
5587Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5588number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5589
5590If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5591of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5592default width is 200 columns.
5593
a4fb0134 5594@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5595lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5596@code{.eject}).
5597
5598If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5599those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5600
5601@node Purgem
5602@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5603
5604@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5605Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5606expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5607
c91d2e08
NC
5608@ifset ELF
5609@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5610@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5611
c1253627 5612@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5613@cindex Section Stack
5614This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5615@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5616@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5617(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5618
e9863d7f
DJ
5619This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5620top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5621subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5622@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5623as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5624@end ifset
5625
252b5132
RH
5626@node Quad
5627@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5628
5629@cindex @code{quad} directive
5630@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5631each bignum, it emits
5632@ifclear bignum-16
5633an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5634warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5635@cindex eight-byte integer
5636@cindex integer, 8-byte
5637
5638The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5639hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5640@end ifclear
5641@ifset bignum-16
5642a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5643warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5644@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5645@cindex integer, 16-byte
5646@end ifset
5647
05e9452c
AM
5648@node Reloc
5649@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5650
5651@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5652Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5653@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5654the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5655symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5656@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5657absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5658targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5659relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5660section.
5661
252b5132
RH
5662@node Rept
5663@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5664
5665@cindex @code{rept} directive
5666Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5667@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5668
5669For example, assembling
5670
5671@example
5672 .rept 3
5673 .long 0
5674 .endr
5675@end example
5676
5677is equivalent to assembling
5678
5679@example
5680 .long 0
5681 .long 0
5682 .long 0
5683@end example
5684
5685@node Sbttl
5686@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5687
5688@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5689@cindex subtitles for listings
5690@cindex listing control: subtitle
5691Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5692title line) when generating assembly listings.
5693
5694This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5695it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5696
5697@ifset COFF
5698@node Scl
5699@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5700
5701@cindex @code{scl} directive
5702@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5703@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5704Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5705used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5706whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5707symbolic debugging information.
5708@ifset BOUT
5709
5710The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5711configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5712accepts this directive but ignores it.
5713@end ifset
5714@end ifset
5715
c1253627 5716@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5717@node Section
c1253627 5718@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5719
252b5132
RH
5720@cindex named section
5721Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5722named @var{name}.
5723
5724This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5725named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5726with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5727
c1253627
NC
5728@ifset COFF
5729@ifset ELF
5730@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5731@subheading COFF Version
5732@end ifset
5733
5734@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5735For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5736ways:
c91d2e08 5737
252b5132
RH
5738@smallexample
5739.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5740.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5741@end smallexample
5742
5743If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5744section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5745@table @code
5746@item b
5747bss section (uninitialized data)
5748@item n
5749section is not loaded
5750@item w
5751writable section
5752@item d
5753data section
5754@item r
5755read-only section
5756@item x
5757executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5758@item s
5759shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5760@item a
5761ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5762@item y
5763section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5764@item 0-9
5765single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5766@end table
5767
5768If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5769the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5770loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5771from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5772will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5773
5774If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5775taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5776@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5777
5778@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5779@ifset COFF
5780@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5781@subheading ELF Version
5782@end ifset
5783
c91d2e08
NC
5784@cindex Section Stack
5785This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5786@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5787(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5788@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5789
c1253627 5790@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5791For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5792
252b5132 5793@smallexample
7047dd1e 5794.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5795@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5796
252b5132 5797The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5798combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5799@table @code
5800@item a
5801section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5802@item e
5803section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5804@item w
5805section is writable
5806@item x
5807section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5808@item M
5809section is mergeable
5810@item S
5811section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5812@item G
5813section is a member of a section group
5814@item T
5815section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5816@item ?
5817section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5818@end table
5819
5820The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5821@table @code
5822@item @@progbits
5823section contains data
5824@item @@nobits
5825section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5826@item @@note
5827section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5828@item @@init_array
5829section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5830@item @@fini_array
5831section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5832@item @@preinit_array
5833section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5834@end table
5835
10b016c2
PB
5836Many targets only support the first three section types.
5837
ececec60
NC
5838Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5839ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5840@code{%} character.
5841
22fe14ad 5842If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5843be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5844
5845@smallexample
5846.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5847@end smallexample
5848
5849Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5850constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5851@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5852@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5853the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5854absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5855which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5856@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5857@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5858
5859If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5860be present along with an additional field like this:
5861
5862@smallexample
5863.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5864@end smallexample
5865
5866The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5867particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5868@table @code
5869@item comdat
5870indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5871@item .gnu.linkonce
5872an alias for comdat
5873@end table
5874
96e9638b 5875Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5876the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5877
5878@smallexample
5879.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5880@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5881
01642c12
RM
5882If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5883@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5884present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5885this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5886@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5887If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5888
252b5132
RH
5889If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5890the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5891none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5892executable. The section will contain data.
5893
5894For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5895directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5896
252b5132
RH
5897@smallexample
5898.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5899@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5900
252b5132
RH
5901Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5902separated flags:
5903@table @code
5904@item #alloc
5905section is allocatable
5906@item #write
5907section is writable
5908@item #execinstr
5909section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5910@item #exclude
5911section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5912@item #tls
5913section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5914@end table
c91d2e08 5915
e9863d7f
DJ
5916This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5917contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5918some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5919work.
c1253627
NC
5920@end ifset
5921@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5922
5923@node Set
5924@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5925
5926@cindex @code{set} directive
5927@cindex symbol value, setting
5928Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5929changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5930@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5931flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5932
5933You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5934
5935If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5936file is the last value stored into it.
5937
3c9b82ba
NC
5938@ifset Z80
5939On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5940@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5941@end ifset
5942
252b5132
RH
5943@node Short
5944@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5945
5946@cindex @code{short} directive
5947@ifset GENERIC
5948@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5949@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5950
5951In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5952numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5953@end ifset
5954@ifclear GENERIC
5955@ifset W16
5956@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5957@end ifset
5958@ifset W32
5959This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5960a 16 bit number for each.
5961@end ifset
5962@end ifclear
5963
5964@node Single
5965@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5966
5967@cindex @code{single} directive
5968@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5969This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5970has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5971@ifset GENERIC
5972The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5973@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5974@end ifset
5975@ifclear GENERIC
5976@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5977On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5978numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5979@end ifset
5980@end ifclear
5981
c1253627 5982@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5983@node Size
c1253627 5984@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5985
c1253627
NC
5986This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5987
5988@ifset COFF
5989@ifset ELF
5990@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5991@subheading COFF Version
5992@end ifset
5993
5994@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5995For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5996@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5997
5998@smallexample
5999.size @var{expression}
6000@end smallexample
252b5132 6001
c91d2e08 6002@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6003@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6004@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6005ignores it.
6006@end ifset
c1253627 6007@end ifset
c91d2e08 6008
c1253627
NC
6009@ifset ELF
6010@ifset COFF
6011@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6012@subheading ELF Version
6013@end ifset
6014
6015@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6016For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6017
c1253627
NC
6018@smallexample
6019.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6020@end smallexample
6021
6022This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6023The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6024arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6025symbols.
c1253627
NC
6026@end ifset
6027@end ifset
252b5132 6028
252b5132
RH
6029@ifclear no-space-dir
6030@node Skip
6031@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6032
6033@cindex @code{skip} directive
6034@cindex filling memory
6035This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6036@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6037@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6038@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6039@end ifclear
252b5132 6040
ccf8a69b
BW
6041@node Sleb128
6042@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6043
6044@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6045@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6046compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6047symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6048
884f0d36 6049@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6050@node Space
6051@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6052
6053@cindex @code{space} directive
6054@cindex filling memory
6055This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6056@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6057and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6058as @samp{.skip}.
6059
6060@ifset HPPA
6061@quotation
6062@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6063targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6064Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6065@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6066for a summary.
6067@end quotation
6068@end ifset
6069@end ifclear
6070
252b5132
RH
6071@ifset have-stabs
6072@node Stab
6073@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6074
6075@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6076@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6077There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6078All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6079The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6080cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6081Up to five fields are required:
6082
6083@table @var
6084@item string
6085This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6086@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6087debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6088using this field.
6089
6090@item type
6091An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6092this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6093and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6094
6095@item other
6096An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6097low 8 bits of this expression.
6098
6099@item desc
6100An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6101bits of this expression.
6102
6103@item value
6104An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6105@end table
6106
6107If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6108or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6109you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6110compatible with earlier assemblers!
6111
6112@table @code
6113@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6114@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6115
6116The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6117It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6118null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6119strings.
6120
6121The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6122relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6123is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6124assembled.
6125
6126@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6127@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6128The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6129
6130@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6131@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6132All five fields are specified.
6133@end table
6134@end ifset
6135@c end have-stabs
6136
6137@node String
38a57ae7 6138@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6139"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6140
6141@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6142@cindex string8, copying to object file
6143@cindex string16, copying to object file
6144@cindex string32, copying to object file
6145@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6146@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6147@cindex @code{string8} directive
6148@cindex @code{string16} directive
6149@cindex @code{string32} directive
6150@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6151
6152Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6153one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6154particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6155You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6156
01642c12 6157The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6158the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6159copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6160are stored in target endianness byte order.
6161
6162Example:
6163@smallexample
6164 .string32 "BYE"
6165expands to:
6166 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6167 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6168@end smallexample
6169
6170
252b5132
RH
6171@node Struct
6172@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6173
6174@cindex @code{struct} directive
6175Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6176which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6177@smallexample
6178 .struct 0
6179field1:
6180 .struct field1 + 4
6181field2:
6182 .struct field2 + 4
6183field3:
6184@end smallexample
6185This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6186@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6187value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6188use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6189before further assembly.
6190
c91d2e08
NC
6191@ifset ELF
6192@node SubSection
6193@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6194
c1253627 6195@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6196@cindex Section Stack
6197This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6198@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6199@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6200(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6201
6202This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6203section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6204in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6205@end ifset
6206
252b5132
RH
6207@ifset ELF
6208@node Symver
6209@section @code{.symver}
6210@cindex @code{symver} directive
6211@cindex symbol versioning
6212@cindex versions of symbols
6213Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6214within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6215typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6216There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6217into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6218shared library.
6219
79082ff0 6220For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6221@smallexample
6222.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6223@end smallexample
339681c0 6224If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6225being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6226alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6227just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6228permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6229of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6230itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6231have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6232file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6233function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6234the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6235building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6236symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6237nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6238
6239If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6240references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6241reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6242symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6243
6244Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6245@smallexample
6246.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6247@end smallexample
6248In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6249the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6250difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6251references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6252
6253The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6254@smallexample
6255.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6256@end smallexample
6257When @var{name} is not defined within the
6258file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6259@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6260name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6261@end ifset
6262
6263@ifset COFF
6264@node Tag
6265@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6266
6267@cindex COFF structure debugging
6268@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6269@cindex @code{tag} directive
6270This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6271information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6272@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6273definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6274@ifset BOUT
6275
6276@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6277@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6278ignores it.
6279@end ifset
6280@end ifset
6281
6282@node Text
6283@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6284
6285@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6286Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6287the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6288expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6289is used.
6290
6291@node Title
6292@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6293
6294@cindex @code{title} directive
6295@cindex listing control: title line
6296Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6297source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6298
6299This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6300it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6301
c1253627 6302@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6303@node Type
c1253627
NC
6304@section @code{.type}
6305
6306This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6307
6308@ifset COFF
6309@ifset ELF
6310@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6311@subheading COFF Version
6312@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6313
6314@cindex COFF symbol type
6315@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6316@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6317For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6318@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6319
6320@smallexample
6321.type @var{int}
6322@end smallexample
6323
6324This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6325entry.
252b5132 6326
c91d2e08 6327@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6328@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6329@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6330directive but ignores it.
6331@end ifset
c1253627 6332@end ifset
c91d2e08 6333
c1253627
NC
6334@ifset ELF
6335@ifset COFF
6336@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6337@subheading ELF Version
6338@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6339
6340@cindex ELF symbol type
6341@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6342@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6343For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6344
6345@smallexample
6346.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6347@end smallexample
6348
6349This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6350function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6351supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6352compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6353
6354Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6355@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6356below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6357the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6358maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6359assemblers.
6360
6361The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6362
6363@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6364 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6365 .type <name>,#<type>
6366 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6367 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6368 .type <name>,"<type>"
6369@end smallexample
6370
6371The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6372
5671778d
NC
6373@table @gcctabopt
6374@item STT_FUNC
6375@itemx function
6376Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6377
d8045f23
NC
6378@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6379@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6380Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6381processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6382
5671778d
NC
6383@item STT_OBJECT
6384@itemx object
6385Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6386
6387@item STT_TLS
6388@itemx tls_object
6389Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6390
6391@item STT_COMMON
6392@itemx common
6393Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6394
6395@item STT_NOTYPE
6396@itemx notype
6397Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6398
3e7a7d11
NC
6399@item gnu_unique_object
6400Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6401will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6402name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6403
5671778d
NC
6404@end table
6405
6406Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6407
c1253627
NC
6408@end ifset
6409@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6410
6411@node Uleb128
6412@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6413
6414@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6415@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6416compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6417symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6418
6419@ifset COFF
6420@node Val
6421@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6422
6423@cindex @code{val} directive
6424@cindex COFF value attribute
6425@cindex value attribute, COFF
6426This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6427records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6428entry.
6429@ifset BOUT
6430
a4fb0134 6431@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6432configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6433@end ifset
6434@end ifset
6435
2e13b764 6436@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6437@node Version
6438@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6439
c1253627 6440@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6441This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6442formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6443@end ifset
2e13b764 6444
c91d2e08
NC
6445@ifset ELF
6446@node VTableEntry
6447@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6448
653cfe85 6449@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6450This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6451@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6452
c91d2e08
NC
6453@node VTableInherit
6454@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6455
653cfe85 6456@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6457This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6458@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6459parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6460parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6461@end ifset
2e13b764 6462
d190d046
HPN
6463@node Warning
6464@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6465@cindex warning directive
6466Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6467(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6468
c91d2e08
NC
6469@node Weak
6470@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6471
c1253627 6472@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6473This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6474@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6475
01642c12 6476On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6477directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6478@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6479
977cdf5a 6480On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6481When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6482alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6483
06e77878
AO
6484@node Weakref
6485@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6486
6487@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6488This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6489be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6490If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6491will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6492symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6493
6494The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6495assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6496symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6497resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6498had the references to the alias removed.
6499
6500The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6501within the assembler.
6502
252b5132
RH
6503@node Word
6504@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6505
6506@cindex @code{word} directive
6507This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6508separated by commas.
6509@ifclear GENERIC
6510@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6511For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6512@end ifset
6513@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6514For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6515@end ifset
6516@end ifclear
6517@ifset GENERIC
6518
6519The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6520depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6521@end ifset
6522
6523@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6524@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6525@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6526@cindex difference tables altered
6527@cindex altered difference tables
6528@quotation
6529@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6530@end quotation
6531
6532@ifset GENERIC
6533Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6534addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6535interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6536@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6537
6538@end ifset
6539In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6540@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6541Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6542compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6543directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6544@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6545creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6546This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6547first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6548of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6549table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6550contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6551@code{sym2}.
6552
6553If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6554secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6555@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6556long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6557and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6558minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6559entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6560
6561@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6562@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6563@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6564assembly language programmers.
6565@end ifset
6566@end ifset
6567@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6568
6569@node Deprecated
6570@section Deprecated Directives
6571
6572@cindex deprecated directives
6573@cindex obsolescent directives
6574One day these directives won't work.
6575They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6576@table @t
6577@item .abort
6578@item .line
6579@end table
6580
3a99f02f
DJ
6581@ifset ELF
6582@node Object Attributes
6583@chapter Object Attributes
6584@cindex object attributes
6585
6586@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6587into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6588Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6589point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6590requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6591passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6592hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6593generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6594newer generation at run-time.
6595
6596This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6597@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6598time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6599correctly.
6600
6601Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6602attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6603string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6604and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6605or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6606attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6607
6608Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6609The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6610
6611@menu
6612* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6613* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6614@end menu
6615
6616@node GNU Object Attributes
6617@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6618
6619The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6620with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6621
6622Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6623its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6624an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66252} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6626architecture-dependent ones.
6627
6628@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6629
6630These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6631
6632@table @r
6633@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6634The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6635the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6636then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6637than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6638arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6639@end table
6640
6641@subsection MIPS Attributes
6642
6643@table @r
6644@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6645The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6646
6647@itemize @bullet
6648@item
66490 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6650@item
66511 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6652FPU.
6653@item
66542 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6655@item
66563 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6657@item
66584 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6659double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6660purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6661@end itemize
6662@end table
6663
6664@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6665
6666@table @r
6667@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6668The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6669
6670@itemize @bullet
6671@item
66720 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6673@item
3c7b9897 66741 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6675@item
66762 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6677@item
66783 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6679@end itemize
6680
6681@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6682The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6683
6684@itemize @bullet
6685@item
66860 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6687@item
66881 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6689@item
66902 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6691@item
66923 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6693@end itemize
6694@end table
6695
6696@node Defining New Object Attributes
6697@section Defining New Object Attributes
6698
6699If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6700will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6701mailing list.
6702
6703@itemize @bullet
6704@item
6705This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6706@item
6707The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6708@item
6709The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6710and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6711@item
6712Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6713@item
6714@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6715@item
6716GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6717@end itemize
6718
6719@end ifset
6720
252b5132
RH
6721@ifset GENERIC
6722@node Machine Dependencies
6723@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6724
6725@cindex machine dependencies
6726The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6727each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6728vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6729directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6730assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6731@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6732optimization.
6733
6734This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6735include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6736subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6737
6738@menu
625e1353
RH
6739@ifset ALPHA
6740* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6741@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6742@ifset ARC
6743* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6744@end ifset
6745@ifset ARM
6746* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6747@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6748@ifset AVR
6749* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6750@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6751@ifset Blackfin
6752* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6753@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6754@ifset CR16
6755* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6756@end ifset
8bf549a8 6757@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6758* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6759@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6760@ifset D10V
6761* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6762@end ifset
6763@ifset D30V
6764* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6765@end ifset
6766@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6767* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6768@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6769@ifset HPPA
6770* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6771@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6772@ifset I370
6773* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6774@end ifset
252b5132 6775@ifset I80386
55b62671 6776* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6777@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6778@ifset I860
6779* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6780@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6781@ifset I960
6782* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6783@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6784@ifset IA64
6785* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6786@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6787@ifset IP2K
6788* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6789@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6790@ifset LM32
6791* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6792@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6793@ifset M32C
6794* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6795@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6796@ifset M32R
6797* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6798@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6799@ifset M680X0
6800* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6801@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6802@ifset M68HC11
6803* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6804@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6805@ifset MICROBLAZE
6806* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6807@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6808@ifset MIPS
6809* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6810@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6811@ifset MMIX
6812* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6813@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6814@ifset MSP430
6815* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6816@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6817@ifset NS32K
6818* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6819@end ifset
252b5132 6820@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6821* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6822* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6823@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6824@ifset PDP11
6825* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6826@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6827@ifset PJ
6828* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6829@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6830@ifset PPC
6831* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6832@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6833@ifset RX
6834* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6835@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6836@ifset S390
6837* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6838@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6839@ifset SCORE
6840* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6841@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6842@ifset SPARC
6843* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6844@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6845@ifset TIC54X
6846* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6847@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6848@ifset TIC6X
6849* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6850@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6851@ifset V850
6852* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6853@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6854@ifset XTENSA
6855* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6856@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6857@ifset Z80
6858* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6859@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6860@ifset Z8000
6861* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6862@end ifset
6863@ifset VAX
6864* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6865@end ifset
6866@end menu
6867
6868@lowersections
6869@end ifset
6870
6871@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6872@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6873@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6874@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6875@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6876@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6877@c in both conditional blocks.
6878
625e1353
RH
6879@ifset ALPHA
6880@include c-alpha.texi
6881@end ifset
6882
6883@ifset ARC
6884@include c-arc.texi
6885@end ifset
6886
252b5132
RH
6887@ifset ARM
6888@include c-arm.texi
6889@end ifset
6890
8473f7a4
DC
6891@ifset AVR
6892@include c-avr.texi
6893@end ifset
6894
3b4e1885 6895@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6896@include c-bfin.texi
6897@end ifset
6898
3d3d428f
NC
6899@ifset CR16
6900@include c-cr16.texi
6901@end ifset
6902
328eb32e
HPN
6903@ifset CRIS
6904@include c-cris.texi
6905@end ifset
6906
c2dcd04e 6907@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6908@ifclear GENERIC
6909@node Machine Dependencies
6910@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6911
c2dcd04e 6912The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6913and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6914chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6915family.
6916
6917@menu
c2dcd04e 6918* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6919* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6920@end menu
6921@lowersections
6922@end ifclear
6923@end ifset
6924
6925@ifset D10V
6926@include c-d10v.texi
6927@end ifset
6928
6929@ifset D30V
6930@include c-d30v.texi
6931@end ifset
6932
6933@ifset H8/300
6934@include c-h8300.texi
6935@end ifset
6936
252b5132
RH
6937@ifset HPPA
6938@include c-hppa.texi
6939@end ifset
6940
5b93d8bb
AM
6941@ifset I370
6942@include c-i370.texi
6943@end ifset
6944
252b5132
RH
6945@ifset I80386
6946@include c-i386.texi
6947@end ifset
6948
e3308d0d
JE
6949@ifset I860
6950@include c-i860.texi
6951@end ifset
6952
252b5132
RH
6953@ifset I960
6954@include c-i960.texi
6955@end ifset
6956
9e32ca89
NC
6957@ifset IA64
6958@include c-ia64.texi
6959@end ifset
6960
a40cbfa3
NC
6961@ifset IP2K
6962@include c-ip2k.texi
6963@end ifset
6964
84e94c90
NC
6965@ifset LM32
6966@include c-lm32.texi
6967@end ifset
6968
49f58d10
JB
6969@ifset M32C
6970@include c-m32c.texi
6971@end ifset
6972
ec694b89
NC
6973@ifset M32R
6974@include c-m32r.texi
6975@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6976
6977@ifset M680X0
6978@include c-m68k.texi
6979@end ifset
6980
60bcf0fa
NC
6981@ifset M68HC11
6982@include c-m68hc11.texi
6983@end ifset
6984
01642c12 6985@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
6986@include c-microblaze.texi
6987@end ifset
6988
252b5132
RH
6989@ifset MIPS
6990@include c-mips.texi
6991@end ifset
6992
3c3bdf30
NC
6993@ifset MMIX
6994@include c-mmix.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
2469cfa2
NC
6997@ifset MSP430
6998@include c-msp430.texi
6999@end ifset
7000
252b5132
RH
7001@ifset NS32K
7002@include c-ns32k.texi
7003@end ifset
7004
e135f41b
NC
7005@ifset PDP11
7006@include c-pdp11.texi
7007@end ifset
7008
041dd5a9
ILT
7009@ifset PJ
7010@include c-pj.texi
7011@end ifset
7012
418c1742
MG
7013@ifset PPC
7014@include c-ppc.texi
7015@end ifset
7016
046d31c2
NC
7017@ifset RX
7018@include c-rx.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
11c19e16
MS
7021@ifset S390
7022@include c-s390.texi
7023@end ifset
7024
c0157db4
NC
7025@ifset SCORE
7026@include c-score.texi
7027@end ifset
7028
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset SH
7030@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7031@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7032@end ifset
7033
7034@ifset SPARC
7035@include c-sparc.texi
7036@end ifset
7037
39bec121
TW
7038@ifset TIC54X
7039@include c-tic54x.texi
7040@end ifset
7041
40b36596
JM
7042@ifset TIC6X
7043@include c-tic6x.texi
7044@end ifset
7045
3c9b82ba
NC
7046@ifset Z80
7047@include c-z80.texi
7048@end ifset
7049
252b5132
RH
7050@ifset Z8000
7051@include c-z8k.texi
7052@end ifset
7053
7054@ifset VAX
7055@include c-vax.texi
7056@end ifset
7057
7058@ifset V850
7059@include c-v850.texi
7060@end ifset
7061
e0001a05
NC
7062@ifset XTENSA
7063@include c-xtensa.texi
7064@end ifset
7065
252b5132
RH
7066@ifset GENERIC
7067@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7068@raisesections
7069@end ifset
7070
7071@node Reporting Bugs
7072@chapter Reporting Bugs
7073@cindex bugs in assembler
7074@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7075
a4fb0134 7076Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7077
7078Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7079not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7080entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7081Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7082
7083In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7084information that enables us to fix the bug.
7085
7086@menu
7087* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7088* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7089@end menu
7090
7091@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7092@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7093@cindex bug criteria
7094
7095If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7096
7097@itemize @bullet
7098@cindex fatal signal
7099@cindex assembler crash
7100@cindex crash of assembler
7101@item
7102If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7103@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7104
7105@cindex error on valid input
7106@item
a4fb0134 7107If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7108
7109@cindex invalid input
7110@item
a4fb0134 7111If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7112is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7113be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7114
7115@item
7116If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7117of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7118@end itemize
7119
7120@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7121@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7122@cindex bug reports
7123@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7124
7125A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7126you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7127contact that organization first.
7128
7129You can find contact information for many support companies and
7130individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7131distribution.
7132
ad22bfe8 7133@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7134In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7135to @value{BUGURL}.
7136@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7137
7138The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7139@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7140fact or leave it out, state it!
7141
7142Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7143and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7144name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7145not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7146happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7147perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7148the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7149give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7150and the most helpful.
7151
7152Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7153it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7154that the bug has not been reported previously.
7155
7156Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7157bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7158respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7159You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7160
7161To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7162
7163@itemize @bullet
7164@item
a4fb0134 7165The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7166it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7167
7168Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7169the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7170
7171@item
a4fb0134 7172Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7173
7174@item
7175The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7176version number.
7177
7178@item
a4fb0134 7179What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7180``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7181
7182@item
7183The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7184observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7185all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7186
7187If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7188and then we might not encounter the bug.
7189
7190@item
7191A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7192the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7193high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7194when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7195the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7196file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7197@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7198
7199@item
7200A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7201incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7202
a4fb0134 7203Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7204will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7205notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7206make a mistake.
7207
7208Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7209explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7210@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7211library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7212would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7213would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7214expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7215observations.
7216
7217@item
a4fb0134 7218If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7219diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7220option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7221discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7222by line number.
7223
7224The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7225sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7226@end itemize
7227
7228Here are some things that are not necessary:
7229
7230@itemize @bullet
7231@item
7232A description of the envelope of the bug.
7233
7234Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7235which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7236changes will not affect it.
7237
7238This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7239will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7240with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7241We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7242
7243Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7244of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7245output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7246less time, and so on.
7247
7248However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7249report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7250
7251@item
7252A patch for the bug.
7253
7254A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7255the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7256a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7257to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7258
a4fb0134 7259Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7260construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7261the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7262one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7263
7264And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7265patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7266help us to understand.
7267
7268@item
7269A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7270
7271Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7272things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7273@end itemize
7274
7275@node Acknowledgements
7276@chapter Acknowledgements
7277
653cfe85 7278If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7279it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7280maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7281@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7282the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7283
7284Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7285more details?}
7286
7287Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7288information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7289extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7290
7291K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7292many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7293up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7294testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7295including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7296and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7297support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7298port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7299file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7300assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7301
7302Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7303in format-specific I/O modules.
7304
7305The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7306has done much work with it since.
7307
7308The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7309
7310Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7311
7312The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7313University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7314
7315Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7316(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7317(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7318support a.out format.
7319
7be1c489
AM
7320Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7321tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7322Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7323use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7324targets.
7325
7326John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7327simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7328updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7329fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7330remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7331cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7332required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7333
7334Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
733568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7336added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7337PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7338
653cfe85 7339Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7340
7341Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7342
7343Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7344along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7345formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7346the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7347
7348Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7349Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7350Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7351Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7352and some initial 64-bit support).
7353
c1253627 7354Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7355
252b5132
RH
7356Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7357support for openVMS/Alpha.
7358
39bec121
TW
7359Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7360flavors.
7361
e0001a05 7362David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7363Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7364
252b5132
RH
7365Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7366configuration enhancements.
7367
84e94c90
NC
7368Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7369
252b5132
RH
7370Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7371you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7372want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7373intentionally leaving anyone out.
7374
793c5807
NC
7375@node GNU Free Documentation License
7376@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7377@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7378
370b66a1
CD
7379@node AS Index
7380@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7381
7382@printindex cp
7383
252b5132
RH
7384@bye
7385@c Local Variables:
7386@c fill-column: 79
7387@c End:
This page took 0.931868 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.